Form 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 


 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File No. 1-15403

 


MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Wisconsin   39-0968604

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

770 North Water Street  
Milwaukee, Wisconsin   53202
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (414) 765-7801

 


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class:

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:

Common Stock - $1.00 par value

6.50% Common SPACESSM

 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  x        Accelerated filer  ¨        Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2006 was approximately $11,421,958,000. The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2007 was 255,719,948.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates information by reference from the Proxy Statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2007.


Table of Contents

MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE
PART I
ITEM 1.    BUSINESS    1
ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS    11
ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS    17
ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES    17
ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS    18
ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS    18
   PART II   
ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES    22
ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA    23
ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS    26
ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK    56
ITEM 8.    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005, AND 2004    58
ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE    119
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES    119
ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION    120
   PART III   
ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT    121
ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION    121
ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS    121
ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS    121
ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES    121
   PART IV   
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES    121

 

i


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (“M&I” or the “Corporation”), incorporated in Wisconsin in 1959, is a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHCA”) and is certified as a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. As of December 31, 2006, M&I had consolidated total assets of approximately $56.2 billion and consolidated total deposits of approximately $34.1 billion, making M&I the largest bank holding company headquartered in Wisconsin. The executive offices of M&I are located at 770 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 (telephone number (414) 765-7801).

M&I’s principal assets are the stock of its bank and nonbank subsidiaries, which, as of February 1, 2007, included Metavante Corporation (“Metavante”), five bank and trust subsidiaries and a number of companies engaged in businesses that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) has determined to be closely-related or incidental to the business of banking. M&I provides its subsidiaries with financial and managerial assistance in such areas as budgeting, tax planning, auditing, compliance assistance, asset and liability management, investment administration and portfolio planning, business development, advertising and human resources management.

Generally, M&I organizes its business segments based on legal entities. Each entity offers a variety of products and services to meet the needs of its customers and the particular market served. Based on the way M&I organizes its business, M&I has two reportable segments: Banking and Data Services (or Metavante). Banking consists of accepting deposits, making loans and providing other services such as cash management, foreign exchange and correspondent banking to a variety of commercial and retail customers. Data Services consists of providing data processing services, developing and selling software and providing consulting services to financial services companies, including M&I affiliates, as well as providing credit card merchant services. M&I’s primary other business segments include Trust Services, Capital Markets Group, Brokerage and Insurance Services, and Commercial Leasing.

Banking Operations

M&I’s bank subsidiaries provide a full range of banking services to individuals, businesses and governments. These subsidiaries offer retail, institutional, business, international and correspondent banking and investment services through the operation of 194 banking offices in Wisconsin, 46 offices in Arizona, 17 offices in Kansas City and nearby communities, 17 offices on Florida’s west coast, 17 offices in metropolitan Minneapolis/St. Paul and one in Duluth, Minnesota, three offices in Tulsa, Oklahoma, and one office in Las Vegas, Nevada, as well as on the Internet. M&I’s Southwest Bank subsidiary has 16 offices in the greater St. Louis area. M&I’s bank subsidiaries hold a significant portion of their mortgage loan and investment portfolios indirectly through their ownership interests in direct and indirect subsidiaries. M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank (“M&I Bank”) is M&I’s largest bank subsidiary, with consolidated assets as of December 31, 2006 of approximately $48.0 billion.

Through its bank and nonbank subsidiaries, M&I offers a variety of loan products to retail customers, including credit cards, lines of credit, automobile loans and leases, student loans, home equity loans, personal loans, residential mortgage loans and mortgage refinancing. M&I also offers a variety of loan and leasing products to business, commercial and institutional customers, including business loans, lines of credit, standby letters of credit, credit cards, government-sponsored loans, commercial real estate financing, construction financing, commercial mortgage loans and equipment and machinery leases. In addition, through its Home Lending Solutions division, M&I Bank FSB originates residential mortgage loans and lines of credit as part of its wholesale lending program. M&I Business Credit, LLC provides working capital loans to commercial borrowers secured by accounts receivable, inventory and other marketable assets. M&I Dealer Finance, Inc. provides retail vehicle lease and installment sale financing. M&I Support Services Corp. provides bank operation support for loan and deposit account processing and maintenance, item processing and other banking services.

 

1


Table of Contents

M&I’s lending activities involve credit risk. Credit risk is controlled through active asset quality management and the use of lending standards and thorough review of potential borrowers. M&I evaluates the credit risk of each borrower on an individual basis and, where deemed appropriate, collateral is obtained. Collateral varies by individual loan customer but may include accounts receivable, inventory, real estate, equipment, deposits, personal and government guarantees, and general security agreements. Access to collateral is dependent upon the type of collateral obtained. On an on-going basis, M&I monitors its collateral and the collateral value related to the loan balance outstanding.

The M&I bank subsidiaries may use wholesale deposits, which include foreign (Eurodollar) deposits. Wholesale deposits are funds in the form of deposits generated through distribution channels other than M&I’s own banking branches. These deposits allow M&I’s bank subsidiaries to gather funds across a geographic base and at pricing levels considered attractive, where the underlying depositor may be retail or institutional. Access to wholesale deposits also provides M&I with the flexibility to not pursue single service time deposit relationships in markets that have experienced unprofitable pricing levels.

M&I’s securitization activities are generally limited to basic term or revolving securitization facilities associated with indirect automobile loans. A discussion of M&I’s securitization activities is contained in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and in Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Data Services–Metavante Operations

Metavante delivers banking and payment technologies to financial services firms and businesses. Metavante products and services drive account processing for deposit, loan and trust systems, image-based and conventional check processing, electronic funds transfer, consumer health care payments, and electronic presentment and payment. Metavante organizes its business in two groups: Financial Solutions and Payment Solutions.

The Financial Solutions Group includes banking and trust solutions, offering integrated products and services for financial services providers that are centered on customer and account management, specializing in deposit, loan and investment accounts. Two core processing products offer financial institution clients flexibility in choosing either a licensed or an outsourced solution. Metavante delivers a complete, integrated customer relationship management solution that offers analytical and decision support capabilities, channel integration, sales and service automation, and consulting services. Metavante electronic banking solutions provide end-users with consolidated access to their financial relationships through Internet and mobile banking, as well as personal financial management software and telephone banking. Metavante corporate electronic banking solutions provide a comprehensive set of Internet banking, multi-bank services, and collection and disbursement services that address the needs of corporate and middle-market customers. Metavante investment technology services offers a set of Internet-enabled products and services that address asset and liability aggregation, trust and investment account management, and client and regulatory reporting. Through its image solutions division, Metavante provides comprehensive image-based check and document processing and distributed image-capture solutions, including image-based payment processing, a national check image exchange and settlement network, and browser-based document and report management software. Metavante lending solutions provide loan originating, processing and closing software systems for the residential mortgage, consumer and small business lending industries. Metavante also offers risk and compliance software, data, and services that address the regulatory and compliance mandate of financial institutions.

Through its Payment Solutions Group, Metavante provides a complete suite of payment solutions including electronic bill presentment and payment; electronic check presentment and exchange; electronic funds transfer; signature and PIN-debit services; debit-, prepaid- and credit-card account processing; flexible-spending account, health-savings account and health-reimbursement arrangement (FSA/HSA/HRA) medical payment cards; card personalization; balance transfer; automated clearing house (ACH); automated teller machine (ATM) driving; merchant and gateway processing; and transportation payment services. Metavante owns and operates the NYCE Network. The NYCE Network provides financial institutions, retailers and independent ATM deployers with shared network services for ATMs, point-of-sale, account-to-account transfers and direct bill payment for millions of consumers across the United States and Canada. Beyond its core service of providing the convenience of personal

 

2


Table of Contents

identification number (PIN) debit account access at ATMs and retailer point-of-sale terminals, NYCE provides ATM driving and fully automated monitoring services, gateway services, on and off-line signature debit card processing, and card authorization solutions. Through its healthcare payments division, Metavante offers a consumer-directed health benefits payment platform and a market-leading employee benefits card to electronically access FSAs, HRAs, HSAs, transit/parking accounts and dependent care accounts. Metavante provides medical identification cards, combination eligibility/payment cards, and the ability to access multiple benefits accounts from a single card. Metavante also provides a comprehensive FSA/HSA/HRA platform that provides all the technology a financial institution, health insurance company, third-party administrator, or commercial business needs to offer these accounts. Services include account processing, trustee services, checks and debit cards, online and phone access to account information, investment options, regulatory reporting and related data translation and movement between payers, providers and consumers.

Metavante’s revenue consists of fees related to information and transaction processing services, software licensing and maintenance, conversion services and other professional services. Maintenance fees include ongoing client support and product updates. Metavante also receives buyout fees related to client termination prior to the end of the contract term. The buyout fee is contractual and based on the estimated remaining contract value. Buyout fees can vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year.

Metavante’s expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses and processing servicing expenses, such as data processing, telecommunications and equipment expenses. Other operating costs include selling, general and administrative costs, such as advertising and marketing expenses, travel, supplies and postage, and the use of outside firms for legal, accounting or other professional services, and amortization of investments in software, premises and equipment, conversions and acquired intangible assets.

Other Business Operations

M&I’s other nonbank subsidiaries operate a variety of bank-related businesses, including those providing trust services, residential mortgage banking, capital markets, brokerage and insurance, commercial leasing, and commercial mortgage banking.

Trust Services. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company National Association (“M&I Trust”) provides trust and employee benefit plan services to customers throughout the United States with offices in Wisconsin, Arizona, Minnesota, Florida, Nevada, Missouri and Indiana. M&I Investment Management Corp. offers a full range of asset management services to M&I Trust, the Marshall Funds and other individual, business and institutional customers.

Capital Markets. M&I Capital Markets Group L.L.C., M&I Capital Markets Group II, L.L.C. and M&I Ventures L.L.C. provide venture capital, financial advisory and strategic planning services to customers, including assistance in connection with the private placement of securities, raising funds for expansion, leveraged buy-outs, divestitures, mergers and acquisitions and small business investment company transactions.

Brokerage and Insurance. M&I Brokerage Services, Inc., a broker-dealer registered with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and the Securities and Exchange Commission, provides brokerage and other investment-related services to a variety of retail and commercial customers. M&I Insurance Services, Inc. provides life, long-term care and disability income insurance products and annuities to retail clients and business owners.

Commercial Leasing. M&I Equipment Finance Company, a subsidiary of M&I Bank, leases a variety of equipment and machinery to large and small businesses.

Other. M&I Community Development Corporation makes investments designed primarily to promote the public welfare in markets and communities served by affiliates and subsidiaries of M&I.

More information on M&I’s business segments is contained in Note 24 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

3


Table of Contents

Risk Management

Managing risk is an essential component of successfully operating a financial services company. M&I has an enterprise-wide approach to risk governance, measurement, management and reporting risks inherent in its businesses. Risk management practices include key elements such as independent checks and balances, formal authority limits, policies and procedures and portfolio management. M&I’s internal audit department also evaluates risk management activities. These evaluations include performing internal audits and reporting the results to management and the Audit and Risk Management Committees, as appropriate.

M&I has established a number of management committees responsible for assessing and evaluating risks associated with the Company’s businesses including the Credit Policy Committee, Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) and the Enterprise Risk Committee. M&I has in place a Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors for oversight and governance of its risk management function. The Risk Management Committee consists of three non-management directors and has the responsibility of overseeing management’s actions with respect to credit, market, liquidity, fiduciary, operational, compliance, legal and reputation risks as well as M&I’s overall risk profile. The Chief Risk Officer is responsible for reporting to this committee.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk of loss from human errors, failed or inadequate processes or systems and external events. This risk is inherent in all businesses. Resulting losses could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, harm to M&I’s reputation or lost opportunities.

M&I seeks to mitigate operational risk through a system of internal controls to manage this risk at appropriate levels. Primary responsibility for managing internal controls lies with the managers of M&I’s various business lines. M&I monitors and assesses the overall effectiveness of its system of internal controls on an ongoing basis. The Enterprise Risk Committee oversees M&I’s monitoring, management and measurement of operational risk. In addition, M&I has established several other executive management committees to monitor, measure and report on specific operational risks to the Company, including, business continuity planning, customer information security and compliance. These committees report to the Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors on a regular basis.

Corporate Governance Matters

M&I has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of M&I’s employees, officers and directors, including M&I’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is filed as an exhibit to this report and is also available on M&I’s website at www.micorp.com. M&I intends to disclose any amendment to or waiver of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to M&I’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Controller on its website within five business days following the date of the amendment or waiver.

M&I makes available free of charge through its website its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and its insiders’ Section 16 reports and all amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after these materials are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, certain documents relating to corporate governance matters are available on M&I’s website described above. These documents include, among others, the following:

 

   

Charter for the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors;

 

   

Charter for the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors;

 

   

Charter for the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors;

 

   

Categorical Standards for Lending, Banking and Other Business Relationships Involving M&I’s Directors;

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Corporate Governance Guidelines; and

 

   

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

Shareholders also may obtain a copy of any of these documents free of charge by calling the M&I Shareholder Information Line at 1 (800) 642-2657. Information contained on any of M&I’s websites is not deemed to be a part of this Annual Report.

Acquisitions Completed in 2006

On September 1, 2006, Metavante completed the acquisition of VICOR, Inc. (“VICOR”) of Richmond, California. VICOR is a provider of corporate payment processing software and solutions that simplify and automate the processing of complex payments for businesses and financial institutions.

On April 1, 2006, M&I completed the acquisition of Gold Banc Corporation, Inc. (“Gold Banc”), a bank holding company headquartered in Leawood, Kansas. Gold Banc offered commercial banking, retail banking, and trust and asset management products and services through various subsidiaries. Gold Banc had consolidated assets of $4.2 billion at the time of the merger. Gold Banc’s largest subsidiary, Gold Bank, a Kansas state-chartered bank, was merged with and into M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank on April 1, 2006, at which time the 32 Gold Bank branch offices in Florida, Kansas, Missouri and Oklahoma became interstate branch offices of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank.

On April 1, 2006, M&I completed the acquisition of St. Louis-based Trustcorp Financial, Inc. (“Trustcorp”). With the acquisition of Trustcorp, which had consolidated assets of $735.7 million at the time of the merger, the Corporation acquired Missouri State Bank and Trust Company, which provided commercial banking services in Missouri through seven bank locations. In July 2006, Missouri State Bank and all of its branches were merged with and into Southwest Bank, the Corporation’s St. Louis-based banking affiliate.

On January 3, 2006, Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company National Association completed the acquisition of the trust and asset management assets of FirstTrust Indiana (“FirstTrust”), a division of First Indiana Bank, N.A. The acquired assets included those related to FirstTrust’s provision of asset management, trust administration and estate planning services to high-net-worth individuals and institutional customers.

On January 3, 2006, Metavante completed the acquisition of AdminiSource Corporation (“AdminiSource”) of Carrollton, Texas. AdminiSource is a provider of health care payment distribution services, providing printed and electronic payment and remittance advice distribution services for payer organizations nationwide. The acquisition was part of Metavante’s continuing expansion of its consumer-directed health care payments business.

Information regarding recently announced acquisitions can be found in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and more information on M&I’s acquisitions can be found in Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

M&I continues to evaluate opportunities to acquire banking institutions and other financial service providers and frequently conducts due diligence activities in connection with possible transactions. As a result, M&I may engage in discussions, and in some cases, negotiations with prospective targets and may make future acquisitions for cash, equity or debt securities. The issuance of additional shares of M&I common stock would dilute a shareholder’s ownership interest in M&I. In addition, M&I’s acquisitions may involve the payment of a premium over book value, and therefore, some dilution of book value may occur with any future acquisition. Generally, it is M&I’s policy not to comment on such discussions or possible acquisitions until a definitive agreement has been signed. M&I’s strategy for growth includes strengthening its presence in core markets, expanding into attractive markets and broadening its product offerings.

 

5


Table of Contents

Principal Sources of Revenue

The table below shows the amount and percentages of M&I’s total consolidated revenues resulting from interest and fees on loans and leases, fees for data processing services and interest on investment securities for each of the last three years ($ in thousands):

 

    

Interest and Fees

on Loans and Leases

   

Fees for Data

Processing Services

   

Interest on

Investment Securities

     

Years Ended

December 31,

   Amount    Percent of
Total
Revenues
    Amount    Percent of
Total
Revenues
    Amount    Percent of
Total
Revenues
    Total
Revenues

2006

   $ 2,856,043    55.7 %   $ 1,382,658    27.0 %   $ 355,843    6.9 %   $ 5,127,921

2005

     1,959,063    49.4       1,185,024    29.9       287,339    7.3       3,962,890

2004

     1,432,754    46.0       934,128    30.0       261,330    8.4       3,112,285

M&I business segment information is contained in Note 24 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Competition

M&I and its subsidiaries face substantial competition from hundreds of competitors in the markets they serve, some of which are larger and have greater resources than M&I. M&I’s bank subsidiaries compete for deposits and other sources of funds and for credit relationships with other banks, savings associations, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, life insurance companies (and other long-term lenders) and other financial and non-financial companies located both within and outside M&I’s primary market area, many of which offer products functionally equivalent to bank products. M&I’s nonbank operations compete with numerous banks, finance companies, data servicing companies, leasing companies, mortgage bankers, brokerage firms, financial advisors, trust companies, mutual funds and investment bankers in Wisconsin and throughout the United States.

The markets for the banking and payment products and services offered by Metavante are intensely competitive. Metavante competes with a variety of companies in various segments of the financial services industry, and its competitors vary in size and in the scope and breadth of products and services they offer. Certain segments of the financial services industry tend to be highly fragmented with numerous companies competing for market share. Other segments of the financial services industry have large well-capitalized competitors who command the majority of market share. Metavante also faces competition from in-house technology departments of existing and potential clients who may develop their own product offerings.

Employees

As of December 31, 2006, M&I and its subsidiaries employed in the aggregate 14,699 employees. M&I considers employee relations to be excellent. None of the employees of M&I or its subsidiaries are represented by a collective bargaining group.

Supervision and Regulation

As a registered bank holding company, M&I is subject to regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA. As of February 1, 2007, M&I owned a total of five bank and trust subsidiaries, including two Wisconsin state banks, a Missouri state bank, a federal savings bank, and a national banking association. M&I’s two Wisconsin state bank subsidiaries are subject to regulation and examination by the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions, as well as by the Federal Reserve Board. M&I’s Missouri state bank subsidiary is subject to regulation and examination by the Missouri Department of Economic Development, Division of Finance, and the Federal Reserve Board. M&I’s federal savings bank subsidiary is subject to regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision. M&I’s national bank, through which trust operations are conducted, is subject to regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. In addition, all of M&I’s bank subsidiaries are subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).

 

6


Table of Contents

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, M&I is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its bank subsidiaries and to commit resources to support each bank subsidiary in circumstances when it might not do so absent such requirements. In addition, there are numerous federal and state laws and regulations which regulate the activities of M&I and its bank subsidiaries, including requirements and limitations relating to capital and reserve requirements, permissible investments and lines of business, transactions with officers, directors and affiliates, loan limits, consumer protection laws, privacy of financial information, predatory lending, fair lending, mergers and acquisitions, issuances of securities, dividend payments, inter-affiliate liabilities, extensions of credit and branch banking. Information regarding capital requirements for bank holding companies and tables reflecting M&I’s regulatory capital position at December 31, 2006 can be found in Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The federal regulatory agencies have broad power to take prompt corrective action if a depository institution fails to maintain certain capital levels. In addition, a bank holding company’s controlled insured depository institutions are liable for any loss incurred by the FDIC in connection with the default of, or any FDIC-assisted transaction involving, an affiliated insured bank or savings association. Current federal law provides that adequately capitalized and managed bank holding companies from any state may acquire banks and bank holding companies located in any other state, subject to certain conditions. Banks are permitted to create interstate branching networks in states that have not “opted out” of interstate branching. M&I Bank currently maintains interstate branches in Arizona, Florida, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri and Oklahoma and Southwest Bank of St. Louis, M&I’s Missouri state bank subsidiary, maintains an interstate branch in Illinois.

The laws and regulations to which M&I is subject are constantly under review by Congress, regulatory agencies and state legislatures. In 1999, Congress enacted the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “Act”), which eliminated certain barriers to and restrictions on affiliations between banks and securities firms, insurance companies and other financial services organizations. Among other things, the Act repealed certain Glass-Steagall Act restrictions on affiliations between banks and securities firms, and amended the BHCA to permit bank holding companies that qualify as “financial holding companies” to engage in a broad list of “financial activities,” and any non-financial activity that the Federal Reserve Board, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines is “complementary” to a financial activity and poses no substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system. The Act treats various lending, insurance underwriting, insurance company, portfolio investment, financial advisory, securities underwriting, dealing and market-making, and merchant banking activities as financial in nature for this purpose.

Under the Act, a bank holding company may become certified as a financial holding company by filing a notice with the Federal Reserve Board, together with a certification that the bank holding company meets certain criteria, including capital, management, and Community Reinvestment Act requirements. M&I elected to become certified as a financial holding company on June 18, 2003.

In 2001, Congress enacted the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”). The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the United States financial system, and has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The USA PATRIOT Act mandates financial services companies to implement additional policies and procedures with respect to, or additional measures designed to address, any or all of the following matters, among others: money laundering, terrorist financing, identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions, and currency crimes.

The earnings and business of M&I and its bank subsidiaries also are affected by the general economic and political conditions in the United States and abroad and by the monetary and fiscal policies of various federal agencies. The Federal Reserve Board impacts the competitive conditions under which M&I operates by determining the cost of funds obtained from money market sources for lending and investing and by exerting influence on interest rates and credit conditions. In addition, legislative and economic factors can be expected to have an ongoing impact on the competitive environment within the financial services industry. The impact of fluctuating economic conditions and federal regulatory policies on the future profitability of M&I and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted with certainty.

 

7


Table of Contents

Selected Statistical Information

Statistical information relating to M&I and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis is set forth as follows:

 

  (1) Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income for each of the last three years is included in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

  (2) Analysis of Changes in Interest Income and Interest Expense for each of the last two years is included in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

  (3) Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans and Leases for each of the last five years is included in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

  (4) Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience for each of the last five years (including the allocation of the allowance for loans and leases) is included in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

  (5) Return on Average Shareholders’ Equity, Return on Average Assets and other statistical ratios for each of the last five years can be found in Item 6, Selected Financial Data.

 

  (6) Potential Problem Loans and Leases for the last two years can be found in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following tables set forth certain statistical information relating to M&I and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

8


Table of Contents

Investment Securities

The amortized cost of M&I’s consolidated investment securities, other than trading and other short-term investments, at December 31 of each year are ($ in thousands):

 

     2006    2005    2004

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 5,521,975    $ 4,456,610    $ 4,147,593

States and political subdivisions

     1,300,907      1,307,403      1,203,412

Other

     684,675      612,621      686,590
                    

Total

   $ 7,507,557    $ 6,376,634    $ 6,037,595
                    

The maturities, at amortized cost, and weighted average yields (for tax-exempt obligations on a fully taxable basis assuming a 35% tax rate) of investment securities at December 31, 2006 are ($ in thousands):

 

     Within One Year     After One But Within
Five Years
    After Five But Within
Ten Years
    After Ten Years     Total  
     Amount    Yield     Amount    Yield     Amount    Yield     Amount    Yield     Amount    Yield  

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 1,329,657    4.92 %   $ 3,114,404    4.95 %   $ 965,218    4.95 %   $ 112,696    4.95 %   $ 5,521,975    4.94 %

States and political subdivisions

     106,026    7.60       299,109    7.41       332,335    6.59       563,437    6.38       1,300,907    6.77  

Other

     73,296    6.07       131,041    5.58       31,308    4.83       449,030    3.32       684,675    4.12  
                                                                 

Total

   $ 1,508,979    5.16 %   $ 3,544,554    5.18 %   $ 1,328,861    5.36 %   $ 1,125,163    5.02 %   $ 7,507,557    5.18 %
                                                                 

Types of Loans and Leases

M&I’s consolidated loans and leases, including loans held for sale, classified by type, at December 31 of each year are ($ in thousands):

 

     2006    2005    2004    2003    2002

Commercial, financial and agricultural

   $ 11,993,761    $ 9,491,368    $ 8,396,069    $ 7,013,073    $ 6,791,404

Industrial development revenue bonds

     54,429      74,107      85,394      97,601      80,110

Real estate:

              

Construction

     6,088,206      3,641,942      2,265,227      1,766,697      1,404,414

Mortgage:

              

Residential

     10,670,840      9,884,283      8,548,029      6,834,360      6,412,380

Commercial

     10,965,607      8,825,104      8,164,099      7,149,149      6,586,332
                                  

Total mortgage

     21,636,447      18,709,387      16,712,128      13,983,509      12,998,712

Personal

     1,458,594      1,617,761      1,540,024      1,747,738      1,852,202

Lease financing

     703,580      632,348      537,930      576,322      782,004
                                  

Total loans and leases

     41,935,017      34,166,913      29,536,772      25,184,940      23,908,846

Less:

              

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     420,610      363,769      358,110      349,561      338,409
                                  

Net loans and leases

   $ 41,514,407    $ 33,803,144    $ 29,178,662    $ 24,835,379    $ 23,570,437
                                  

 

9


Table of Contents

Loan and Lease Balances and Maturities

The analysis of selected loan and lease maturities at December 31, 2006 and the rate structure for the categories indicated are ($ in thousands):

 

     Maturity   

Rate Structure of Loans and

Leases Due After One Year

    

One Year

Or Less

  

Over One
Year

Through
Five Years

   Over Five
Years
   Total   

With

Pre-determined
Rate

  

With

Floating

Rate

   Total

Commercial, financial and agricultural

   $ 7,525,882    $ 3,992,811    $ 477,841    $ 11,996,534    $ 1,794,389    $ 2,676,263    $ 4,470,652

Industrial development revenue bonds

     6,173      17,472      30,784      54,429      25,001      23,255      48,256

Real estate – construction

     3,158,267      2,917,102      12,837      6,088,206      351,548      2,578,391      2,929,939

Lease Financing

     138,390      506,336      58,854      703,580      565,190      —        565,190
                                                

Total

   $ 10,828,712    $ 7,433,721    $ 580,316    $ 18,842,749    $ 2,736,128    $ 5,277,909    $ 8,014,037
                                                

Notes:

 

(1) Scheduled repayments are reported in the maturity category in which the payments are due based on the terms of the loan agreements. Demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less.

 

(2) The estimated effect arising from the use of interest rate swaps as shown in the rate structure of loans and leases is immaterial.

Deposits

The average amount of and the average rate paid on selected deposit categories for each of the years ended December 31 is as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     2006     2005     2004  
     Amount    Rate     Amount    Rate     Amount    Rate  

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

   $ 5,335,539      $ 4,942,803      $ 4,585,628   

Interest bearing demand deposits

     2,122,694    1.47 %     2,030,996    0.89 %     2,233,297    0.74 %

Savings deposits

     9,205,997    3.71       8,118,331    2.23       7,330,492    0.82  

Time deposits

     14,924,591    4.60       11,009,343    3.14       9,838,518    2.03  
                           

Total deposits

   $ 31,588,821      $ 26,101,473      $ 23,987,935   
                           

The maturity distribution of time deposits issued in amounts of $100,000 and over outstanding at December 31, 2006 ($ in thousands) is:

 

Three months or less

   $ 3,920,787

Over three and through six months

     809,264

Over six and through twelve months

     932,646

Over twelve months

     2,178,802
      

Total

     $7,841,499
      

At December 31, 2006, time deposits issued by foreign offices totaled $3.2 billion. The majority of foreign deposits were in denominations of $100,000 or more.

 

10


Table of Contents

Short-Term Borrowings

Information related to M&I’s Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements for the last three years is as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Amount outstanding at year end

   $ 2,838,618     $ 2,325,863     $ 1,478,103  

Average amount outstanding during the year

     2,558,249       2,043,314       2,035,428  

Maximum outstanding at any month’s end

     3,533,812       2,757,845       3,051,606  

Weighted average interest rate at year end

     5.12 %     4.04 %     2.05 %

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     4.99       3.21       1.27  

Information relating to the Corporation’s short-term borrowings is included in Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains statements that may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe-harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, such as statements other than historical facts contained or incorporated by reference in this report. These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to M&I’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business, including statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “believes,” “expects,” or “anticipates,” references to estimates or similar expressions. Future filings by M&I with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and future statements other than historical facts contained in written material, press releases and oral statements issued by, or on behalf of, M&I may also constitute forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements contained in this report or which may be contained in future statements made for or on behalf of M&I are based upon information available at the time the statement is made and M&I assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, except as required by federal securities law. Forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and M&I’s actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause actual results to differ from the results discussed in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the risk factors set forth below.

Risk Factors

M&I’s earnings are significantly affected by general business and economic conditions, including credit risk and interest rate risk.

M&I’s business and earnings are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States and, in particular, the states where it has significant operations, including Wisconsin, Arizona, Minnesota, Missouri, Oklahoma, Kansas, Nevada and Florida. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, monetary supply, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, the strength of the U.S. and local economies, consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits, all of which are beyond M&I’s control. For example, an economic downturn, increase in unemployment or higher interest rates could decrease the demand for loans and other products and services and/or result in a deterioration in credit quality and/or loan performance and collectibility. Nonpayment of loans, if it occurs, could have an adverse effect on M&I’s financial condition and results of operations and cash flows. Higher interest rates also could increase M&I’s cost to borrow funds and increase the rate M&I pays on deposits. In addition, an overall economic slowdown could negatively impact the purchasing and decision-making activities of the financial institution customers of Metavante.

 

11


Table of Contents

Terrorism, acts of war or international conflicts could negatively affect M&I’s business and financial condition.

Acts or threats of war or terrorism, international conflicts, including ongoing military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan, and the actions taken by the U.S. and other governments in response to such events could negatively impact general business and economic conditions in the U.S. If terrorist activity, acts of war or other international hostilities cause an overall economic decline, the financial condition and operating results of M&I could be materially adversely affected. The potential for future terrorist attacks, the national and international responses to terrorist attacks or perceived threats to national security and other actual or potential conflicts or acts of war, including conflict in the Middle East, have created many economic and political uncertainties that could seriously harm M&I’s business and results of operations in ways that cannot presently be predicted.

M&I’s earnings also are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies, which could affect repayment of loans and thereby materially adversely affect M&I.

The policies of the Federal Reserve Board impact M&I significantly. The Federal Reserve Board regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies directly and indirectly influence the rate of interest earned on loans and paid on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of financial instruments M&I holds. Those policies determine to a significant extent M&I’s cost of funds for lending and investing. Changes in those policies are beyond M&I’s control and are difficult to predict. Federal Reserve Board policies can affect M&I’s borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. For example, a tightening of the money supply by the Federal Reserve Board could reduce the demand for a borrower’s products and services. This could adversely affect the borrower’s earnings and ability to repay its loan, which could materially adversely affect M&I.

The banking and financial services industry is highly competitive, which could adversely affect M&I’s financial condition and results of operations.

M&I operates in a highly competitive environment in the products and services M&I offers and the markets in which M&I serves. The competition among financial services providers to attract and retain customers is intense. Customer loyalty can be easily influenced by a competitor’s new products, especially offerings that provide cost savings to the customer. Some of M&I’s competitors may be better able to provide a wider range of products and services over a greater geographic area.

M&I believes the banking and financial services industry will become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continued consolidation of the industry. Technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic funds transfer and automatic payment systems. Also, investment banks and insurance companies are competing in more banking businesses such as syndicated lending and consumer banking. Many of M&I’s competitors are subject to fewer regulatory constraints and have lower cost structures. M&I expects the consolidation of the banking and financial services industry to result in larger, better-capitalized companies offering a wide array of financial services and products.

Federal and state agency regulation could increase M&I’s cost structures or have other negative effects on M&I.

The holding company, its subsidiary banks and many of its non-bank subsidiaries, including Metavante, are heavily regulated at the federal and state levels. This regulation is designed primarily to protect consumers, depositors and the banking system as a whole, not stockholders. Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect M&I in substantial and unpredictable ways including limiting the types of financial services and products M&I may offer, increasing the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products and/or increasing M&I’s cost structures. Also, M&I’s failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies and damage to its reputation.

 

12


Table of Contents

M&I is subject to examinations and challenges by tax authorities, which, if not resolved in M&I’s favor, could adversely affect M&I’s financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.

In the normal course of business, M&I and its affiliates are routinely subject to examinations and challenges from federal and state tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments it has made and the businesses in which it is engaged. Recently, federal and state taxing authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions. These tax positions may relate to tax compliance, sales and use, franchise, gross receipts, payroll, property and income tax issues, including tax base, apportionment and tax credit planning. The challenges made by tax authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in M&I’s favor, they could have an adverse effect on M&I’s financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which could result in a loss of income to M&I.

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks at one or both ends of the transaction. For example, consumers can now pay bills and transfer funds directly without banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as disintermediation, could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and income generated from those deposits.

Maintaining or increasing M&I’s market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services and other factors, and M&I’s failure to achieve such acceptance and approval could harm its market share.

M&I’s success depends, in part, on its ability to adapt its products and services to evolving industry standards and to control expenses. There is increasing pressure on financial services companies to provide products and services at lower prices. This can reduce M&I’s net interest margin and revenues from its fee-based products and services. In addition, M&I’s success depends in part on its ability to generate significant levels of new business in its existing markets and in identifying and penetrating markets. Growth rates for card-based payment transactions and other product markets may not continue at recent levels. Further, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including Internet-based services, could require M&I to make substantial expenditures to modify or adapt its existing products and services or render M&I’s existing products obsolete. M&I may not successfully introduce new products and services, achieve market acceptance of its products and services, develop and maintain loyal customers and/or break into targeted markets.

The holding company relies on dividends from its subsidiaries for most of its revenue, and the banking subsidiaries hold a significant portion of their assets indirectly.

The holding company is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. It receives substantially all of its revenue from dividends from its subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on the holding company’s common stock and interest on its debt. The payment of dividends by a subsidiary is subject to federal law restrictions as well as to the laws of the subsidiary’s state of incorporation. Also, a parent company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In addition, the M&I bank and savings association subsidiaries hold a significant portion of their mortgage loan and investment portfolios indirectly through their ownership interests in direct and indirect subsidiaries.

M&I depends on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties, and inaccurate or incomplete information could negatively impact M&I’s financial condition and results of operations.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, M&I may rely on information provided to it by customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. M&I may also rely on representations of customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to a business, M&I may assume that the customer’s audited financial statements conform with generally accepted accounting principles and present fairly, in all material

 

13


Table of Contents

respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. M&I may also rely on the audit report covering those financial statements. M&I’s financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent it relies on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or that are materially misleading.

M&I’s accounting policies and methods are the basis of how M&I reports its financial condition and results of operations, and they may require management to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain.

M&I’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how M&I records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. M&I’s management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods in order to ensure that they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment as to the most appropriate manner in which to record and report M&I’s financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which might be reasonable under the circumstances yet might result in M&I’s reporting materially different amounts than would have been reported under a different alternative.

M&I has identified four accounting policies as being “critical” to the presentation of its financial condition and results of operations because they require management to make particularly subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These critical accounting policies relate to: (1) the allowance for loan and lease losses; (2) capitalized software and conversion costs; (3) financial asset sales and securitizations; and (4) income taxes. Because of the inherent uncertainty of estimates about these matters, no assurance can be given that the application of alternative policies or methods might not result in M&I’s reporting materially different amounts.

More information on M&I’s critical accounting policies is contained in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Changes in accounting standards could adversely affect M&I’s reported financial results.

The bodies that set accounting standards for public companies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the Securities and Exchange Commission and others, periodically change or revise existing interpretations of the accounting and reporting standards that govern the way that M&I reports its financial condition and results of operations. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact M&I’s reported financial results. In some cases, M&I could be required to apply a new or revised accounting standard, or a revised interpretation of an accounting standard, retroactively, which could have a negative impact on reported results or result in the restatement of M&I’s financial statements for prior periods.

M&I has an active acquisition program, which involves risks related to integration of acquired companies or businesses and the potential for the dilution of the value of M&I stock.

M&I regularly explores opportunities to acquire banking institutions, financial technology providers and other financial services providers. M&I cannot predict the number, size or timing of future acquisitions. M&I typically does not publicly comment on a possible acquisition or business combination until it has signed a definitive agreement for the transaction. Once M&I has signed a definitive agreement, transactions of this type are generally subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions. There can be no assurance M&I will receive such regulatory approvals without unexpected delays or conditions or that such conditions will be timely met to M&I’s satisfaction, or at all.

Difficulty in integrating an acquired company or business may cause M&I not to realize expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from the acquisition. Specifically, the integration process could result in higher than expected deposit attrition (run-off), loss of customers and key employees, the disruption of M&I’s business or the business of the acquired company, or otherwise adversely affect M&I’s ability to maintain existing relationships with clients, employees and suppliers or to enter into new business relationships. M&I may not be able to successfully leverage the combined product

 

14


Table of Contents

offerings to the combined customer base. These factors could contribute to M&I not achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition within the desired time frames, if at all.

Future acquisitions could require M&I to issue stock, to use substantial cash or liquid assets or to incur debt. In such cases, the value of M&I stock could be diluted and M&I could become more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures.

M&I has in the past and may in the future explore alternatives to separate Metavante from M&I.

M&I regularly reviews whether separating the banking and related businesses from the Metavante business would improve the future prospects of those businesses and, ultimately, the value returned to shareholders. Such separation, should it occur, could take a variety of forms and could result in a corporate structure significantly different from that which currently exists. M&I typically would not comment on any such transaction until definitive agreements had been signed or the transaction had been otherwise approved in final form. There can be no assurance that any such transaction will or will not occur.

M&I is dependent on senior management, and the loss of service of any of M&I’s senior executive officers could cause M&I’s business to suffer.

M&I’s continued success depends to a significant extent upon the continued services of its senior management. The loss of services of any of M&I’s senior executive officers could cause M&I’s business to suffer. In addition, M&I’s success depends in part upon senior management’s ability to implement M&I’s business strategy.

M&I’s stock price can be volatile.

M&I’s stock price can fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors including:

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in M&I’s quarterly results;

 

   

new technology or services by M&I’s competitors;

 

   

unanticipated losses or gains due to unexpected events, including losses or gains on securities held for investment purposes;

 

   

significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving M&I or its competitors;

 

   

changes in accounting policies or practices;

 

   

failure to integrate M&I’s acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from M&I’s acquisitions; or

 

   

changes in government regulations.

General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes, credit loss trends or currency fluctuations, also could cause M&I’s stock price to decrease regardless of its operating results.

M&I may be a defendant in a variety of litigation and other actions, which may have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.

M&I and its subsidiaries may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation arising out of M&I’s business. M&I’s insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against it, and any claims asserted against M&I, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm M&I’s reputation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation exceed M&I’s insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on M&I’s business, operating results and financial condition and cash flows. In addition, M&I may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future, nor may M&I be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms, if at all.

 

15


Table of Contents

In addition to the factors discussed above, the following factors concerning Metavante’s business may cause M&I’s results to differ from the results discussed in forward-looking statements:

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or customer information, whether through a breach of M&I’s computer systems or otherwise, could severely harm its business.

As part of M&I’s financial and data processing products and services, it collects, processes and retains sensitive and confidential client and customer information on behalf of itself and other third parties, such as Metavante’s customers. Despite the security measures M&I has in place, its facilities and systems, and those of its third party service providers, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors, or other similar events. Any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential customer information, whether by M&I or by its vendors, could severely damage its reputation, expose it to the risks of litigation and liability, disrupt its operations and harm its business.

Damage to the data centers on which Metavante relies could harm Metavante’s business.

Metavante’s data centers are an integral part of its business. Damage to Metavante’s data centers due to acts of terrorism, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure and other disasters could have a material adverse effect on Metavante’s business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, because Metavante relies on the integrity of the data it processes, if this data is incorrect or somehow tainted, client relations and confidence in Metavante’s services could be impaired, which would harm Metavante’s business.

Network operational difficulties or security problems could damage Metavante’s reputation and business.

Metavante depends on the reliable operation of network connections from its clients and its clients’ end users to its systems. Any operational problems or outages in these systems would cause Metavante to be unable to process transactions for its clients and its clients’ end users, resulting in decreased revenues. In addition, any system delays, failures or loss of data, whatever the cause, could reduce client satisfaction with Metavante’s products and services and harm Metavante’s financial results.

Metavante also depends on the security of its systems. Metavante’s networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other disruptive problems. Metavante transmits confidential financial information in providing its services. In addition, under agreements with certain customers, Metavante will be financially liable if consumer data is compromised while in Metavante’s possession, regardless of the safeguards Metavante may have instituted. A material security problem affecting Metavante could damage its reputation, deter financial services providers from purchasing its products, deter their customers from using its products or result in liability to Metavante. Any material security problem affecting Metavante’s competitors could affect the marketplace’s perception of Internet banking and electronic commerce service in general and have the same effects.

Lack of system integrity or credit quality related to Metavante funds settlement could result in a financial loss.

Metavante settles funds on behalf of financial institutions, other businesses and consumers and receives funds from clients, card issuers, payment networks and consumers on a daily basis for a variety of transaction types. Transactions facilitated by Metavante include debit card, credit card and electronic bill payment transactions, supporting consumers, financial institutions and other businesses. These payment activities rely upon the technology infrastructure that facilitates the verification of activity with counterparties and the facilitation of the payment. If the continuity of operations or integrity of processing were compromised this could result in a financial loss to Metavante due to a failure in payment facilitation. In addition, Metavante may issue credit to consumers, financial institutions or other businesses as part of the funds settlement. A default on this credit by a counterparty could result in a financial loss to Metavante.

Metavante may not be able to protect its intellectual property, and Metavante may be subject to infringement claims.

Metavante relies on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect its proprietary technology. Despite Metavante’s efforts to protect its intellectual property, third parties may infringe or misappropriate Metavante’s intellectual property or may develop software or

 

16


Table of Contents

technology competitive to Metavante’s. Metavante’s competitors may independently develop similar technology, duplicate its products or services or design around Metavante’s intellectual property rights. Metavante may have to litigate to enforce and protect its intellectual property rights, trade secrets and know-how or to determine their scope, validity or enforceability, which is expensive and could cause a diversion of resources and may not prove successful. The loss of intellectual property protection or the inability to secure or enforce intellectual property protection could harm Metavante’s business and ability to compete.

Metavante also may be subject to costly litigation in the event its products or technology infringe upon another party’s proprietary rights. Third parties may have, or may eventually be issued, patents that would be infringed by Metavante’s products or technology. Any of these third parties could make a claim of infringement against Metavante with respect to its products or technology. Metavante may also be subject to claims by third parties for breach of copyright, trademark or license usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could subject Metavante to significant liability for damages. An adverse determination in any litigation of this type could require Metavante to design around a third party’s patent or to license alternative technology from another party. In addition, litigation is time consuming and expensive to defend and could result in the diversion of the time and attention of Metavante’s management and employees. Any claims from third parties may also result in limitations on Metavante’s ability to use the intellectual property subject to these claims.

Changes in the network pricing and transaction routing strategies of NYCE, a subsidiary of Metavante, could adversely affect NYCE’s revenue and Metavante’s results of operations.

The transaction volume and the corresponding revenues of NYCE, a subsidiary of Metavante, are driven in large measure by NYCE’s execution of long-term strategies for network pricing (including interchange and network fees) and transaction routing. As the debit and electronic payments marketplace continues to shift and mature, it may be necessary for NYCE to pursue alternate pricing and/or transaction routing strategies. Any significant changes to NYCE’s current pricing and/or transaction routing strategies would likely be implemented over a transitional phase. Such changes could result in reductions of participant card base, reductions in merchant acceptance, and the potential for transaction misrouting during the transitional phase, any of which would adversely affect NYCE’s revenue and Metavante’s results of operations.

Metavante’s business could suffer if it fails to attract and retain key technical people.

Metavante’s success depends in large part upon Metavante’s ability to attract and retain highly skilled technical, management and sales and marketing personnel. Because the development of Metavante’s products and services requires knowledge of computer hardware, operating system software, system management software and application software, key technical personnel must be proficient in a number of disciplines. Competition for the best people—in particular individuals with technology experience—is intense. Metavante may not be able to hire or retain key people.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

M&I and M&I Bank occupy offices on all or portions of 15 floors of a 21-story building located at 770 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. M&I Bank owns the building and its adjacent 10-story parking lot and leases the remaining floors to a professional tenant. In addition, various subsidiaries of M&I lease commercial office space in downtown Milwaukee office buildings near the 770 North Water Street facility. M&I Bank also owns or leases various branch offices throughout Wisconsin, as well as 101 branch offices among the Phoenix and Tucson, Arizona metropolitan areas, Kansas City and nearby communities, Florida’s west coast, Minneapolis/St. Paul and Duluth, Minnesota and Tulsa, Oklahoma. Southwest Bank of St. Louis owns or leases 16 offices in the St. Louis metropolitan area. M&I Bank of Mayville, a special limited purpose subsidiary of M&I located in Mayville, Wisconsin, and M&I Bank FSB, a federal savings bank subsidiary of M&I located in Las Vegas, Nevada with one office in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, occupy modern facilities which are leased. Metavante owns a data processing facility located in Brown Deer, a suburb of Milwaukee, from which Metavante conducts data processing activities, a facility in Milwaukee that houses its software development teams and a card production facility in Romeoville,

 

17


Table of Contents

Illinois. Some of the other larger facilities owned or leased by Metavante include facilities in Oak Creek and Madison, Wisconsin; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Secaucus, New Jersey; Sioux Falls, South Dakota; Altamonte Springs, Florida; and Ann Arbor, Michigan.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

M&I is not currently involved in any material pending legal proceedings, other than litigation of a routine nature and various legal matters which are being defended and handled in the ordinary course of business.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Not applicable.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

(Age as of March 1, 2007)

 

Name of Officer

  

Office

Dennis J. Kuester

Age 64

   Chairman of the Board since January 2005, Chief Executive Officer since January 2002, President from 1987 to 2005, and Director since February 1994 of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since October 2001, President from January 1989 to October 2001 and Director since 1989, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Chairman of the Board and Director, Metavante Corporation; Director of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company National Association and Milease, LLC.

Ryan R. Deneen

Age 42

   Senior Vice President, Director of Corporate Tax of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since December 2003; Director of M&I MEDC Fund, LLC and Milease, LLC since 2004; Partner with KPMG LLP, a public accounting firm, from 1997 to November 2003.

Thomas R. Ellis

Age 49

   Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since February 2005; Executive Vice President since February 2005, Senior Vice President from 1998 to February 2005 of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Director of M&I Support Services Corp., Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company National Association, M&I Equipment Finance Company, M&I Business Credit LLC and M&I Capital Markets Group II, L.L.C.

Randall J. Erickson

Age 47

   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since June 2002; General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Director of Metavante Corporation, M&I Bank FSB, M&I Community Development Corporation, M&I Investment Partners Management, LLC and Milease, LLC; Director, Vice President and Secretary of M&I Capital Markets Group, L.L.C. and M&I Ventures, L.L.C.; Director and Secretary of M&I Capital Markets Group II, L.L.C.; Director and Vice President of SWB Holdings, Inc.; Shareholder at Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., a Milwaukee-based law firm, from September 1990 to June 2002.

Mark F. Furlong

Age 49

   President since April 2005, Executive Vice President from January 2002 to April 2005, Senior Vice President from April 2001 to January 2002, and Chief Financial Officer from April 2001 to October 2004 of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Director and President of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank since July 2004; Director, Vice President and Treasurer of M&I Capital Markets Group, L.L.C. and M&I Ventures L.L.C.; Director of Metavante Corporation, Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company National Association, M&I Bank Mayville, M&I Equipment Finance Company and Milease, LLC; Senior Vice President of Southwest Bank of St. Louis; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Old Kent Financial Corporation from 1998 to 2001; First Vice President/Director of Corporate Development/Commercial Banking of H.F. Ahmanson & Co. from 1992 to 1998.

 

18


Table of Contents

Name of Officer

  

Office

Michael D. Hayford

Age 47

   Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since June 2006; Director since September 2004, Chief Operating Officer since May 2006, Senior Executive Vice President since September 2004, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since May 2001, Metavante Corporation; Director and Executive Vice President of Advanced Financial Solutions, Inc., MBI Benefits, Inc., Director, Executive Vice President and Treasurer of TREEV LLC; Director of NYCE Payments Network, LLC; Manager of Metavante Acquisition Company II LLC; Manager and Executive Vice President of Endpoint Exchange LLC; Executive Vice President and Treasurer of Metavante Operations Resources Corporation, Link2Gov Corp. and VICOR, Inc.; Executive Vice President of Kirchman Corporation, VECTORsgi, Inc., Prime Associates, Inc. and GHR Systems, Inc.; Vice President of Printing For Systems, Inc.

Mark R. Hogan

Age 52

   Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer since October 2001, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Executive Vice President since February 2005, Chief Credit Officer since November 1995 and Senior Vice President from 1995 to February 2005, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Director, M&I Equipment Finance Company, M&I Business Credit LLC and M&I Capital Markets Group II, L.L.C.; Director and Vice President of SWB Holdings, Inc.

Patricia R. Justiliano

Age 56

   Senior Vice President since 1994 and Corporate Controller since April 1989, Vice President from 1986 to 1994, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Senior Vice President since April 2006, Vice President from January 1999 to April 2006, Controller since September 1998, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Director, President and Treasurer of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Holdings, Inc., M&I Marshall & Ilsley Investment II Corporation, M&I Zion Investment II Corporation and M&I Zion Holdings, Inc.; Director, Vice President and Treasurer of M&I Insurance Company of Arizona, Inc.; Director and Treasurer of M&I Mortgage Reinsurance Corporation; Director of M&I Bank FSB, M&I Bank of Mayville, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Investment Corporation, M&I Servicing Corp., M&I Zion Investment Corp., M&I Custody of Nevada, Inc., M&I Marshall & Ilsley Holdings II, Inc., SWB Investment Corporation, SWB of St. Louis Holdings I, LLC and SWB of St. Louis Holdings II, LLC; Senior Vice President of Southwest Bank of St. Louis.

Brent J. Kelly

Age 45

   Senior Vice President and Director of Marketing since January 2006, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Senior Vice President, Sales & Marketing, of 1800Flowers.com from June 2002 to December 2005; Senior Vice President, Marketing Communications of Bank One Corporation from May 1998 to May 2002.

Beth D. Knickerbocker

Age 40

   Senior Vice President, Chief Risk Officer of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since January 2005; Vice President, Senior Compliance Counsel of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation from May 2004 to January 2005; Attorney at Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, a Washington, D.C. law firm, from 2000 to May 2004.

Kenneth C. Krei

Age 57

   Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since July 2003; Chairman of the Board since January 2005, President and Chief Executive Officer of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company National Association since July 2003; Chairman of the Board since January 2005 and Chief Executive Officer of M&I Investment Management Corp. since July 2003; Director and President of M&I Investment Partners Management, LLC; Director of M&I Support Services, M&I Brokerage Services, Inc., M&I Insurance Services, Inc. and Marshall Funds; Director and Vice President of M&I Realty Advisors, Inc.; Executive Vice President, Investment Advisors at Fifth Third Bancorp from 2001 to 2003; Executive Vice President, Investment and Insurance Services at Old Kent Financial Corporation from 1998 to 2001.

 

19


Table of Contents

Name of Officer

  

Office

Frank R. Martire

Age 59

   Senior Vice President since April 2003, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Director, President and Chief
Executive Officer since March 2003, President, Financial Services Group, Metavante Corporation from
January 2003 to March 2003; Manager of Metavante Acquisition Company II LLC; Director of NYCE
Payments Network, LLC; President and Chief Operating Officer of Call Solutions Inc. from 2001 to 2003;
President and Chief Operating Officer, Financial Institution Systems and Services Group, of Fiserv, Inc.
from 1991 to 2001.

Thomas J. O’Neill

Age 46

   Senior Vice President since April 1997, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Executive Vice President since 2000, Senior Vice President from 1997 to 2000, Vice President from 1991 to 1997, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Senior Vice President of Southwest Bank of St. Louis; Director and President of M&I Bank FSB, M&I Dealer Finance, Inc., M&I Insurance Company of Arizona, Inc. and M&I Mortgage Reinsurance Corporation; Director and Vice President of M&I Community Development Corporation; Director of M&I Bank of Mayville, M&I Brokerage Services, Inc., Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company National Association, M&I Insurance Services, Inc., M&I Support Services Corp. and M&I MEDC Fund, LLC.

Paul J. Renard

Age 46

   Senior Vice President, Director of Human Resources since 2000, Vice President and manager since 1994, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Senior Vice President of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank.

John L. Roberts

Age 54

   Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since 1994; Senior Vice President since 1994, Vice President and Controller from 1986 to 1995, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; President and Director since 1995, M&I Support Services Corp.; Director of M&I Bank FSB and M&I Mortgage Corp.; President and Director of M&I Bank of Mayville.

Thomas A. Root

Age 50

   Senior Vice President since 1998, Audit Director since May 1996, Vice President from 1991 to 1998, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Senior Vice President since April 2006, Vice President from 1993 to April 2006 and Audit Director since 1999, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank.

Gregory A. Smith

Age 43

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, since June 2006; Chief Financial Officer, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank, since June 2006; Director of M&I Insurance Services, Inc., Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company National Association, M&I Brokerage Services, Inc., Metavante Corporation; Managing Director, Investment Banking, Credit Suisse from October 2004 to June 2006; Managing Director, Investment Banking, UBS Investment Bank from April 2000 to September 2004.

Michael C. Smith

Age 48

   Senior Vice President and Corporate Treasurer, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, since March 2006; Senior Vice President since April 2006, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Director and President of M&I Northwoods III, L.L.C.; Director of M&I Community Development Corporation, M&I Bank FSB, M&I Custody of Nevada, Inc., M&I Servicing Corp., M&I Marshall & Ilsley Investment Corporation, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Investment II Corporation, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Holdings, Inc., M&I Marshall & Ilsley Holdings II, Inc., M&I Zion Holdings, Inc., M&I Zion Investment II Corporation, SWB Investment Corporation, SWB Investment II Corporation, SWB of St. Louis Holdings I, LLC and SWB of St. Louis Holdings II, LLC; Senior Vice President, Southwest Bank of St. Louis; Treasurer, American International Group (AIG) Consumer Finance Group, from May 2001 to February 2006; Senior Vice President of international treasury for Associates First Capital Corporation, n/k/a CitiFinancial, from July 1995 to May 2001.

 

20


Table of Contents

Name of Officer

  

Office

Ronald E. Smith

Age 60

   Senior Vice President since March 2005, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Executive Vice President since
March 2005, Senior Vice President from 2001 to March 2005, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; and
Executive Vice President from 1996 to March 2001 of M&I Bank of Madison.

 

21


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Stock Listing

M&I’s common stock is traded under the symbol “MI” on the New York Stock Exchange. Common dividends declared and the price range for M&I’s common stock for each of the last five years can be found in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Quarterly Financial Information.

A discussion of the regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends can be found under Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and in Note 16 in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Holders of Common Equity

At December 31, 2006 M&I had approximately 17,984 record holders of its common stock.

Shares Purchased

The following table reflects the purchases of M&I common stock for the specified period:

 

Period

   Total Number of
Shares Purchased (1)
   Average Price
Paid Per
Share
   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
   Maximum
Number of
Shares that May
Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs

October 1 to October 31, 2006

   15,044    $ 47.55    —      11,000,000

November 1 to November 30, 2006

   83,334      47.73    —      11,000,000

December 1 to December 31, 2006

   23,720      47.36    —      11,000,000

(1) Includes shares purchased by rabbi trusts pursuant to nonqualified deferred compensation plans for the three months ended December 31, 2006.

M&I’s Share Repurchase Program was publicly reconfirmed in April 2004, 2005 and 2006. The Share Repurchase Program authorizes the purchase of up to 12 million shares annually and renews each year at that level unless changed or terminated by subsequent Board action.

 

22


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Consolidated Summary of Earnings

Years Ended December 31 ($000’s except share data)

 

     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

Interest and Fee Income:

          

Loans and leases

   $ 2,856,043     $ 1,959,063     $ 1,432,754     $ 1,336,288     $ 1,318,175  

Investment securities:

          

Taxable

     277,938       214,537       200,107       165,075       198,037  

Exempt from federal income taxes

     61,769       64,127       58,826       57,968       60,637  

Trading securities

     614       229       271       258       328  

Short-term investments

     16,136       8,675       2,397       2,559       11,168  
                                        

Total interest and fee income

     3,212,500       2,246,631       1,694,355       1,562,148       1,588,345  

Interest Expense:

          

Deposits

     1,058,713       544,920       276,102       228,216       283,385  

Short-term borrowings

     186,863       106,333       61,256       81,070       150,310  

Long-term borrowings

     476,625       330,144       196,440       163,348       127,343  
                                        

Total interest expense

     1,722,201       981,397       533,798       472,634       561,038  
                                        

Net interest income

     1,490,299       1,265,234       1,160,557       1,089,514       1,027,307  

Provision for loan and lease losses

     50,551       44,795       37,963       62,993       74,416  
                                        

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     1,439,748       1,220,439       1,122,594       1,026,521       952,891  

Other Income:

          

Data processing services

     1,382,658       1,185,024       934,128       700,530       640,578  

Wealth management

     221,554       191,720       175,119       148,348       140,736  

Net investment securities gains (losses)

     9,701       45,514       35,336       21,572       (6,275 )

Other

     301,508       294,001       273,347       313,123       286,640  
                                        

Total other income

     1,915,421       1,716,259       1,417,930       1,183,573       1,061,679  

Other Expense:

          

Salaries and employee benefits

     1,210,107       1,074,758       919,431       830,779       779,836  

Other

     949,430       804,286       709,253       654,808       551,370  
                                        

Total other expense

     2,159,537       1,879,044       1,628,684       1,485,587       1,331,206  
                                        

Income before income taxes

     1,195,632       1,057,654       911,840       724,507       683,364  

Provision for income taxes

     387,794       351,464       305,987       202,060       225,455  
                                        

Net Income

   $ 807,838     $ 706,190     $ 605,853     $ 522,447     $ 457,909  
                                        

Net income per common share:

          

Basic

   $ 3.24     $ 3.06     $ 2.72     $ 2.31     $ 2.15  

Diluted

     3.17       2.99       2.66       2.28       2.06  

Other Significant Data:

          

Year-End Common Stock Price

   $ 48.11     $ 43.04     $ 44.20     $ 38.25     $ 27.38  

Return on Average Shareholders’ Equity

     14.42 %     16.21 %     17.00 %     15.87 %     16.32 %

Return on Average Assets

     1.53       1.63       1.63       1.57       1.57  

Dividend Payout Ratio

     33.12       31.10       30.45       30.70       30.34  

Average Equity to Average Assets Ratio

     10.64       10.07       9.59       9.89       9.61  

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges*

          

Excluding Interest on Deposits

     2.73 x       3.28 x       4.24 x       3.71 x       3.27 x  

Including Interest on Deposits

     1.68 x       2.05 x       2.64 x       2.46 x       2.17 x  

* See Exhibit 12 for detailed computation of these ratios.

 

23


Table of Contents

Consolidated Average Balance Sheets

Years ended December 31 ($000’s except share data)

 

     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

Assets:

          

Cash and due from banks

   $ 1,023,782     $ 966,078     $ 835,391     $ 752,215     $ 708,256  

Investment securities:

          

Trading securities

     45,559       26,922       22,297       23,017       15,247  

Short-term investments

     303,631       237,178       171,057       264,254       717,129  

Other investment securities:

          

Taxable

     5,687,763       4,847,722       4,672,741       4,038,579       3,325,568  

Tax exempt

     1,303,872       1,334,793       1,199,139       1,173,466       1,224,737  
                                        

Total investment securities

     7,340,825       6,446,615       6,065,234       5,499,316       5,282,681  

Loans and Leases:

          

Commercial

     11,175,436       8,954,619       7,621,040       6,905,323       6,143,862  

Real estate

     25,808,422       20,728,918       17,215,467       14,938,082       12,633,208  

Personal

     1,483,094       1,525,502       1,632,440       1,874,315       1,388,447  

Lease financing

     661,466       567,344       552,551       674,871       862,927  
                                        

Total loans and leases

     39,128,418       31,776,383       27,021,498       24,392,591       21,028,444  

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     406,390       362,886       360,408       347,838       302,664  
                                        

Net loans and leases

     38,722,028       31,413,497       26,661,090       24,044,753       20,725,780  

Premises and equipment, net

     550,514       458,179       448,134       440,492       418,042  

Accrued interest and other assets

     5,013,949       3,999,172       3,152,745       2,531,245       2,067,891  
                                        

Total Assets

   $ 52,651,098     $ 43,283,541     $ 37,162,594     $ 33,268,021     $ 29,202,650  
                                        

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

          

Deposits:

          

Noninterest bearing

   $ 5,335,539     $ 4,942,803     $ 4,585,628     $ 4,189,724     $ 3,509,133  

Interest bearing:

          

Bank issued deposits:

          

Bank issued interest bearing activity deposits

     11,668,328       10,027,250       9,960,645       10,084,996       8,996,778  

Bank issued time deposits

     7,329,307       4,410,456       3,384,120       3,399,734       3,540,124  
                                        

Total bank issued deposits

     18,997,635       14,437,706       13,344,765       13,484,730       12,536,902  

Wholesale deposits

     7,255,647       6,720,964       6,057,542       4,311,424       2,596,952  
                                        

Total interest bearing deposits

     26,253,282       21,158,670       19,402,307       17,796,154       15,133,854  
                                        

Total deposits

     31,588,821       26,101,473       23,987,935       21,985,878       18,642,987  

Short-term borrowings

     3,638,180       2,925,642       2,908,168       3,138,752       4,188,339  

Long-term borrowings

     10,071,717       8,193,001       5,329,571       3,798,851       2,693,447  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,751,474       1,706,111       1,372,677       1,052,713       871,222  
                                        

Total liabilities

     47,050,192       38,926,227       33,598,351       29,976,194       26,395,995  

Shareholders’ Equity

     5,600,906       4,357,314       3,564,243       3,291,827       2,806,655  
                                        

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 52,651,098     $ 43,283,541     $ 37,162,594     $ 33,268,021     $ 29,202,650  
                                        

Other Significant Data:

          

Book Value Per Share at Year End

   $ 24.24     $ 20.27     $ 17.51     $ 15.24     $ 13.71  

Average Common Shares Outstanding

     249,723,333       231,300,867       223,123,866       226,342,764       212,799,996  

Employees at Year End

     14,699       13,967       13,345       12,244       12,625  

Credit Quality Ratios:

          

Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs to Average Loans and Leases

     0.10 %     0.12 %     0.11 %     0.21 %     0.21 %

Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases* and OREO to End of Period Loans and Leases and OREO

     0.70       0.44       0.48       0.74       0.85  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to End of Period Loans and Leases

     1.00       1.06       1.21       1.39       1.42  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases*

     157       259       271       202       174  

* Loans and leases nonaccrual, restructured, and past due 90 days or more.

 

24


Table of Contents

Yield & Cost Analysis

Years ended December 31 (Tax equivalent basis)

 

     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

Average Rates Earned:

          

Loan and Leases

   7.30 %   6.17 %   5.31 %   5.49 %   6.28 %

Investment Securities – Taxable

   4.80     4.41     4.30     4.13     6.11  

Investment Securities – Tax-Exempt

   6.97     7.26     7.53     7.58     7.49  

Trading Securities

   1.45     0.89     1.26     1.16     2.21  

Short-term Investments

   5.31     3.66     1.40     0.97     1.56  

Average Rates Paid:

          

Interest Bearing Deposits

   4.03 %   2.58 %   1.42 %   1.28 %   1.87 %

Short-term Borrowings

   5.14     3.63     2.11     2.58     3.59  

Long-term Borrowings

   4.73     4.03     3.69     4.30     4.73  

M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank Average Prime Rate

   7.96     6.19     4.34     4.12     4.67  

 

25


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

The Corporation’s overall strategy is to drive earnings per share growth by: (1) expanding banking operations not only in Wisconsin but also into faster growing regions beyond Wisconsin; (2) increasing the number of financial institutions to which the Corporation provides correspondent banking services and products; (3) growing Metavante’s business through organic growth, cross-sales of technology products and acquisitions; and (4) expanding trust services and other wealth management product and service offerings.

The Corporation continues to focus on its key metrics of growing revenues through balance sheet growth, fee-based income growth and strong credit quality. Management believes that the Corporation has demonstrated solid fundamental performance in each of these key areas and as a result, the year ended December 31, 2006 produced strong financial results across all of its segments and reporting units.

Net income in 2006 amounted to $807.8 million or $3.17 per diluted share. The return on average assets and return on average equity were 1.53% and 14.42%, respectively. By comparison, net income in 2005 was $706.2 million, diluted earnings per share was $2.99, the return on average assets was 1.63% and the return on average equity was 16.21%. For the year ended December 31, 2004, net income was $605.9 million or $2.66 per diluted share and the returns on average assets and average equity were 1.63% and 17.00%, respectively.

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 included the impact of the mark-to-market adjustments associated with certain interest rate swaps. Based on expanded interpretations of the accounting standard for derivatives and hedge accounting, specifically hedge designation under the “matched-terms” method, it was determined that certain transactions did not qualify for hedge accounting. As a result, any fluctuation in the fair value of the interest rate swaps was recorded in earnings with no corresponding offset to the hedged items or accumulated other comprehensive income. The affected interest rate swaps were designed to hedge the change in fair values or cash flows of the underlying assets or liabilities and had performed effectively as economic hedges. Applying fair value accounting (versus hedge accounting) resulted in greater earnings volatility, particularly on a linked-quarter basis. The affected interest rate swaps were terminated in 2006 in order to avoid future earnings volatility due to mark-to-market accounting. The impact, which is reported as Net derivative losses-discontinued hedges in the Consolidated Statements of Income, resulted in a decrease to net income of $12.0 million or $0.05 per diluted share. Management believes these changes in earnings based on market volatility are not reflective of the core performance trends of the Corporation.

Excluding the changes in earnings based on market volatility, for the year ended December 31, 2006 net income and diluted earnings per share would have been $819.8 million and $3.22 per share respectively, and the return on average assets and return on average equity would have been 1.56% and 14.58%, respectively. The resulting growth in income and diluted earnings per share in 2006 compared to 2005 would have been $113.6 million or 16.1% and $0.23 per share or 7.7%, respectively.

A reconciliation of these 2006 non-GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) operating results to GAAP results is provided later in this Item.

Earnings growth in 2006 compared to 2005 was attributable to a number of factors. The increase in net interest income was due to strong organic loan and bank issued deposit growth and the contribution from the two banking acquisitions that were completed on April 1, 2006. Net charge-offs continued to be below the Corporation’s five-year historical average in 2006. Metavante continued to exhibit growth in both revenue and earnings that was attributable, in part, to new sales, the impact of its acquisition activities and success in retaining and cross-selling products and services to its core customer base. Continued growth in assets under management and assets under administration resulted in solid growth in fee income for Wealth Management. Although an unpredictable source of earnings, the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group investment securities gains were relatively insignificant in 2006 compared to the past two years. These factors, along with continued expense management, all contributed to the consolidated earnings growth in 2006.

 

26


Table of Contents

With regard to the outlook in 2007 for the Banking segment, management expects modest net interest margin compression of up to a few basis points per quarter to continue. Commercial and industrial loan growth is expected to moderate slightly, and is expected to show low double-digit growth rates. Commercial real estate growth is expected to be in the mid single digit percentage range. Nonperforming loans and leases as a percent of total loans and leases are expected to be in the range of 65 basis points to 75 basis points. Management expects Metavante’s total revenue in 2007 to be in the range of $1.60 billion to $1.64 billion with margins similar to those achieved in 2006.

Management continues to expect that net charge-offs will trend to historical levels and range from 15 basis points to 20 basis points of average loans and leases over time.

The Corporation’s actual results for 2007 could differ materially from those expected by management. See “Forward-Looking Statements” in Item 1A of this Form 10-K for a discussion of the various risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from expected results.

The results of operations and financial condition for the periods presented include the effects of the acquisitions by Metavante as well as the banking-related and wealth management-related acquisitions from the dates of consummation of the acquisitions. All transactions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. See Note 5 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the Corporation’s acquisitions completed in 2006, 2005 and 2004.

Recently Announced Acquisitions

The following acquisitions, which are not considered to be material business combinations, were recently announced:

In February 2007, the Corporation announced the signing of a definitive agreement to acquire Minneapolis, Minnesota-based Excel Bank Corporation (“Excel”). Excel, with $615 million in consolidated assets as of December 31, 2006, has four branches in the greater Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area. Under the terms of the definitive agreement, Excel shareholders will receive $9.08 in cash and a fraction of a share of the Corporation’s common stock having a value of $4.89 for each share of Excel common stock or a total of $13.97 for each share of Excel common stock. The transaction value is estimated to be approximately $105 million. This transaction is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2007, subject to the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of Excel’s outstanding shares, regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

In January 2007, Metavante announced the acquisition of Valutec Card Solutions, Inc. (“Valutec”), of Franklin, Tennessee. Valutec is a provider of closed-loop, in-store gift and loyalty card solutions to small and medium-sized businesses. This acquisition expands Metavante’s ability to offer a wider selection of prepaid gift card options to its merchant customer base and will enable Metavante’s current financial institution customers to offer merchant-branded cards and services to their merchant customers. This acquisition was completed on January 17, 2007. Total cash consideration amounted to $41.0 million.

In January 2007, the Corporation announced the signing of a definitive agreement to acquire North Star Financial Corporation (“North Star”) of Chicago, Illinois. North Star and its subsidiaries, with $1.6 billion in assets under administration, provide a variety of wealth management services through personal and other trusts. In addition, North Star offers a variety of other products and services including land trusts, 1031 exchanges for both real and personal property and ESOP services, including consultative services relating to the transfer of small-business stock ownership. Under the terms of the definitive agreement, the Corporation has agreed to pay $21 million in the Corporation’s common stock for the outstanding common shares of North Star. This transaction is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2007, subject to regulatory approvals, approval of North Star’s shareholders and other customary closing conditions.

In December 2006, the Corporation announced the signing of a definitive agreement to acquire United Heritage Bankshares of Florida, Inc. (“United Heritage”) headquartered in Orlando, Florida. United Heritage, with $751 million in assets as of December 31, 2006, has 13 branches in the metropolitan Orlando area. The current United Heritage Bank branches will become M&I Bank branches. Under the terms of the definitive agreement, United Heritage shareholders will receive 0.8740 of a share of M&I common stock for each share of United

 

27


Table of Contents

Heritage common stock. Based on the price of the Corporation’s common stock when the agreement was executed, the transaction value is estimated to be approximately $217 million. This transaction is also expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2007, subject to regulatory approvals, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of United Heritage’s outstanding shares and other customary closing conditions.

Significant Transactions

Some of the more significant transactions in 2006, 2005 and 2004 consisted of the following:

During 2006, Metavante completed two acquisitions. Also during 2006, the Corporation completed two banking acquisitions and one wealth management acquisition.

On January 1, 2006, the Corporation adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), which requires that all share-based compensation be expensed. For the Corporation, additional expense was reported for its stock option awards and its employee stock purchase plan. In conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Corporation elected the Modified Retrospective Application method to implement the new accounting standard. Under that method all prior period consolidated and segment financial information was adjusted based on pro forma amounts previously disclosed.

On January 1, 2006, the Banking segment transferred its external item processing business, including all check-processing client relationships to Metavante. During 2006, the Corporation transferred the residential and commercial mortgage banking reporting units to the Banking segment. The segment information contained in Note 24 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 was adjusted for these transfers.

During 2005, Metavante completed six acquisitions.

During the second and third quarters of 2005, the Corporation realized a gain primarily due to the sale of an entity associated with its investment in an independent private equity and venture capital partnership. The gross pre-tax gain amounted to $29.4 million and is reported in Net Investment Securities Gains in the Consolidated Statements of Income. On an after-tax basis, and net of related compensation expense, the gain amounted to $16.5 million or $0.07 per diluted share for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005.

During the third quarter of 2005, the Corporation realized a gain due to an equity investment that the Corporation liquidated in a cash tender offer. The pre-tax gain amounted to $6.6 million and is reported in Net Investment Securities Gains in the Consolidated Statements of Income. On an after-tax basis, the gain amounted to $3.9 million or $0.02 per diluted share for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005.

During 2004, Metavante completed six acquisitions and the Banking segment completed one acquisition.

During 2004, net pre-tax gains associated with the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group investments amounted to $34.6 million. Approximately $34.1 million of the net gain in 2004 was from a net unrealized gain recognized in the fourth quarter of 2004 due to the net increase in market value of an investment in an independent private equity and venture capital partnership.

The net unrealized gain recognized in the fourth quarter of 2004 was offset by charitable foundation expense which was higher than historical levels and other accrual adjustments that amounted to approximately $6.8 million.

During 2004, Metavante sold its small business 401k Retirement Plan Services operations. In conjunction with an expanded processing relationship, Metavante also sold the direct customer base of Paytrust.com in 2004. These transactions resulted in an aggregate pre-tax loss of approximately $7.1 million.

During 2004, the Corporation issued 3.6 million shares of its common stock in a public offering that resulted in net proceeds to the Corporation of approximately $149.9 million. Also during 2004, the Corporation issued $400 million of equity units (referred to as Common SPACESSM) that resulted in net proceeds to the Corporation of approximately $389.2 million. Each Common SPACES consists of (i) a stock purchase contract under which the investor agrees to purchase for $25.00, a fraction of a share of the Corporation’s common stock on the stock purchase date and (ii) a 1/40, or 2.5%, undivided beneficial interest in a preferred security of M&I Capital

 

28


Table of Contents

Trust B (also referred to as the STACKSSM) with each share having an initial liquidation value of $1,000. The stock purchase date is expected to be August 15, 2007 but could be deferred for quarterly periods until August 15, 2008. On the stock purchase date, the number of shares of common stock the Corporation will issue upon settlement of the stock purchase contracts depends on the applicable market value per share of the Corporation’s common stock, which will be determined just prior to the stock purchase date, and other factors. The Corporation estimates that it will issue approximately 8.7 million to 10.9 million common shares to settle shares issuable pursuant to the stock purchase contracts. The proceeds from these issuances together with proceeds from the issuance of $600.0 million of senior notes were used for general corporate purposes, including maintaining capital at desired levels and providing long-term financing for the acquisitions completed by Metavante in 2004.

During 2004, the Corporation’s Banking segment prepaid and retired certain higher cost long-term debt and terminated some related receive floating / pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges. The total debt retired amounted to $355.0 million and the charge to earnings amounted to a loss of $6.9 million.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on earning assets and interest owed on interest bearing liabilities, represented approximately 43.8% of the Corporation’s source of revenues in 2006.

Net interest income in 2006 amounted to $1,490.3 million compared with net interest income of $1,265.2 million in 2005, an increase of $225.1 million or 17.8%. Both acquisition-related and organic loan growth, as well as the growth in noninterest bearing and other bank issued deposits, were the primary contributors to the increase in net interest income. Factors negatively affecting net interest income compared to the prior year included the impact of the financing costs associated with acquisitions by the Banking segment and Metavante in 2006, common stock buybacks and a general shift in the bank issued deposit mix from lower cost to higher cost deposit products in response to increasing interest rates.

Average earning assets in 2006 amounted to $46.5 billion compared to $38.2 billion in 2005, an increase of $8.3 billion or 21.6%. Increases in average loans and leases accounted for 89.2% of the growth in average earning assets.

Average interest bearing liabilities increased $7.7 billion or 23.8% in 2006 compared to 2005. Approximately $5.1 billion or 66.3% of the growth in average interest bearing liabilities was attributable to interest bearing deposits and $1.9 billion or 24.4% of the growth in average interest bearing liabilities was attributable to long term borrowings.

Average noninterest bearing deposits increased $0.4 billion or 7.9% in 2006 compared to the prior year.

Net interest income in 2005 amounted to $1,265.2 million compared with net interest income of $1,160.6 million in 2004, an increase of $104.6 million or 9.0%. Loan growth and the growth in noninterest bearing and other bank-issued deposits were the primary contributors to the increase in net interest income. Net interest income in 2005 was negatively affected by lower loan spreads and the interest expense associated with debt issued in the third quarter of 2004 to fund Metavante’s acquisitions.

Average earning assets in 2005 amounted to $38.2 billion compared to $33.1 billion in 2004, an increase of $5.1 billion or 15.5%. Increases in average loans and leases accounted for 92.6% of the growth in average earning assets.

Average interest bearing liabilities increased $4.6 billion or 16.8% in 2005 compared to 2004. Approximately $1.8 billion or 37.9% of the growth in average interest bearing liabilities was attributable to interest bearing deposits and the remainder of the growth in average interest bearing liabilities was attributable to long term borrowings.

Average noninterest bearing deposits increased $0.4 billion or 7.8% in 2005 compared to 2004.

 

29


Table of Contents

The growth and composition of the Corporation’s average loan and lease portfolio for the current year and prior two years are reflected in the following table ($ in millions):

 

                    Percent Growth  
     2006    2005    2004    2006
vs
2005
    2005
vs
2004
 

Commercial:

             

Commercial

   $ 11,175.4    $ 8,954.6    $ 7,621.0    24.8 %   17.5 %

Commercial real estate:

             

Commercial mortgages

     10,345.6      8,575.8      7,658.2    20.6     12.0  

Construction

     2,793.0      1,412.8      1,097.4    97.7     28.7  
                                 

Total commercial real estate

     13,138.6      9,988.6      8,755.6    31.5     14.1  

Commercial lease financing

     516.2      439.4      397.0    17.5     10.7  
                                 

Total commercial

     24,830.2      19,382.6      16,773.6    28.1     15.6  

Personal:

             

Residential real estate:

             

Residential mortgages

     5,735.9      4,239.5      2,855.3    35.3     48.5  

Construction

     2,394.3      1,513.0      839.8    58.2     80.2  
                                 

Total residential real estate

     8,130.2      5,752.5      3,695.1    41.3     55.7  

Consumer loans:

             

Student

     68.6      79.4      87.2    (13.6 )   (8.9 )

Credit card

     239.9      223.6      224.0    7.3     (0.2 )

Home equity loans and lines

     4,539.6      4,987.9      4,764.8    (9.0 )   4.7  

Other

     1,174.6      1,222.5      1,321.3    (3.9 )   (7.5 )
                                 

Total consumer loans

     6,022.7      6,513.4      6,397.3    (7.5 )   1.8  

Personal lease financing

     145.3      127.9      155.5    13.6     (17.7 )
                                 

Total personal

     14,298.2      12,393.8      10,247.9    15.4     20.9  
                                 

Total consolidated average loans and leases

   $ 39,128.4    $ 31,776.4    $ 27,021.5    23.1 %   17.6 %
                                 

Average loans and leases increased $7.4 billion or 23.1% in 2006 compared to 2005. Excluding the effect of the Banking acquisitions, total consolidated average loan and lease organic growth was 12.7% in 2006 compared to 2005. Approximately $2.9 billion of the growth in total consolidated average loans and leases was attributable to the banking acquisitions and $4.5 billion of the growth was organic. Of the $2.9 billion of average growth attributable to the banking acquisitions, $2.1 billion was attributable to average commercial real estate loans, $0.6 billion was attributable to average commercial loans and leases and the remainder was primarily attributable to average residential real estate loans. Of the $4.5 billion of average loan and lease organic growth, $1.7 billion was attributable to average commercial loans and leases, $1.1 billion was attributable to average commercial real estate loans, and $2.2 billion was attributable to residential real estate loans. Average home equity loans and lines decreased $0.4 billion in 2006 compared to 2005.

Management attributes the strong loan growth in 2006 to the strength of the local economies in the markets the Corporation serves, new business and continued customer satisfaction. Management expects that organic commercial loan growth (as a percentage) will moderate slightly from 2006 growth levels and will reach the low double digits in 2007. The basis for this expectation includes continued success in attracting new customers in all of the Corporation’s markets and continued modest economic growth in the primary markets that the Corporation serves. Recently the Corporation has experienced some declines in the construction market for both commercial and residential developers, and to some extent throughout the commercial real estate business. Based on recent trends, management expects mid single digit growth in 2007 for commercial real estate loans.

Home equity loans and lines, which include M&I’s wholesale activity, continue to be the primary consumer loan products. Average home equity loans and lines declined $0.4 billion or 9.0% in 2006 compared to 2005. This trend is consistent with what is occurring in many parts of the country. The softer home equity market, combined with the Corporation’s continued sales of certain loans at origination, which is partly in response to the Corporation’s demand for home equity products with higher loan-to-value characteristics, will continue to affect balance sheet organic loan growth. Management does not expect this trend to change in the near term.

 

30


Table of Contents

The Corporation sells some of its residential real estate loan production (residential real estate and home equity loans) in the secondary market. Selected residential real estate loans with rate and term characteristics that are considered desirable are periodically retained in the portfolio. Residential real estate loans originated and sold to the secondary market amounted to $2.3 billion in 2006 compared to $2.4 billion in 2005. At December 31, 2006, residential mortgage loans held for sale amounted to $139.3 million. Gains from the sale of mortgage loans amounted to $47.3 million in 2006 compared to $47.1 million in 2005.

Auto loans securitized and sold amounted to $0.5 billion in each of 2006 and 2005. Net losses from the sale and securitization of auto loans, including write-downs of auto loans held for sale, amounted to $0.1 million in 2006 compared to $2.0 million in 2005. See Note 10 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Corporation’s securitization activities. At December 31, 2006, auto loans held for sale amounted to $83.4 million.

The Corporation anticipates that it will continue to divest of selected assets through sale or securitization in future periods.

Average loans and leases increased $4.8 billion or 17.6% in 2005 compared to 2004. Total average commercial loan and lease growth amounted to $2.6 billion. Total average commercial loan growth in 2005 compared to 2004 consisted of average commercial real estate and commercial real estate construction loan growth which contributed $1.2 billion and average commercial loan growth which contributed $1.4 billion. Total average personal loan growth amounted to $2.2 billion in 2005 compared to 2004. This growth was driven primarily by growth in residential real estate loans that consist primarily of traditional three and five year ARMs (adjustable rate mortgages), balloon mortgage loans and construction loans. Total average residential real estate loans grew by $2.1 billion in 2005 compared to 2004. Average home equity loans and lines increased $0.2 billion in 2005 compared to 2004.

Home equity loans and lines, which include the Corporation’s wholesale activity, continue to be the primary consumer loan products. Home equity loan and line production in 2005 continued to be strong. The rate of growth in home equity loans and lines in 2005 compared to 2004 was affected by the amount of loans sold at origination and increased prepayment activity on the Corporation’s wholesale home equity products. The proportion of loans sold at origination significantly increased in 2005 compared to 2004 in response to the increased demand for home equity products with higher loan-to-value characteristics.

The Corporation sells some of its residential real estate loan production (residential real estate and home equity loans) in the secondary market. Selected residential real estate loans with rate and term characteristics that are considered desirable are periodically retained in the portfolio. Residential real estate loans originated and sold to the secondary market amounted to $2.4 billion in 2005 compared to $1.6 billion in 2004. At December 31, 2005, mortgage loans held for sale amounted to $198.7 million. Gains from the sale of mortgage loans amounted to $47.1 million in 2005 compared to $28.9 million in 2004.

Auto loans securitized and sold amounted to $0.5 billion in each of 2005 and 2004. Net losses from the sale and securitization of auto loans, including write-downs of auto loans held for sale, amounted to $2.0 million in 2005 compared to $3.4 million in 2004. The losses incurred were primarily due to lower loan interest rate spreads associated with new auto loan production in a rising interest rate environment. At December 31, 2005, auto loans held for sale amounted to $79.1 million.

 

31


Table of Contents

The growth and composition of the Corporation’s consolidated average deposits for the current year and prior two years are reflected below ($ in millions):

 

                    Percent Growth  
     2006    2005    2004   

2006

vs

2005

   

2005

vs

2004

 

Bank issued deposits:

             

Noninterest bearing:

             

Commercial

   $ 3,825.3    $ 3,480.6    $ 3,210.5    9.9 %   8.4 %

Personal

     961.3      940.8      897.1    2.2     4.9  

Other

     548.9      521.4      478.0    5.3     9.1  
                                 

Total noninterest bearing

     5,335.5      4,942.8      4,585.6    7.9     7.8  

Interest bearing:

             

Activity accounts:

             

Savings and NOW

     3,031.5      3,096.2      3,388.4    (2.1 )   (8.6 )

Money market

     7,482.5      5,980.1      5,675.6    25.1     5.4  

Foreign activity

     1,154.3      951.0      896.7    21.4     6.1  
                                 

Total activity accounts

     11,668.3      10,027.3      9,960.7    16.4     0.7  

Time deposits:

             

Other CDs and time

     4,496.8      3,048.1      2,632.7    47.5     15.8  

CDs $100,000 and over

     2,832.5      1,362.3      751.4    107.9     81.3  
                                 

Total time deposits

     7,329.3      4,410.4      3,384.1    66.2     30.3  
                                 

Total interest bearing

     18,997.6      14,437.7      13,344.8    31.6     8.2  
                                 

Total bank issued deposits

     24,333.1      19,380.5      17,930.4    25.6     8.1  

Wholesale deposits:

             

Money market

     814.7      1,073.1      499.8    (24.1 )   114.7  

Brokered CDs

     5,011.1      4,641.1      4,582.8    8.0     1.3  

Foreign time

     1,429.9      1,006.8      974.9    42.0     3.3  
                                 

Total wholesale deposits

     7,255.7      6,721.0      6,057.5    8.0     11.0  
                                 

Total consolidated average deposits

   $ 31,588.8    $ 26,101.5    $ 23,987.9    21.0 %   8.8 %
                                 

Average total bank issued deposits increased $4.9 billion or 25.6% in 2006 compared to 2005. Excluding the effect of the banking acquisitions, average total bank issued deposit organic growth was 9.6% in 2006 compared to 2005. Approximately $2.3 billion of the growth in average total bank issued deposits was attributable to the banking acquisitions and $2.6 billion of the growth was organic. Of the $2.3 billion of average growth attributable to the banking acquisitions, $0.3 billion was attributable to average noninterest bearing deposits, $0.7 billion was attributable to average interest bearing activity deposits and $1.3 billion was attributable to average time deposits. Of the $2.6 billion of average bank issued deposit organic growth, $0.1 billion was attributable to average noninterest bearing deposits, $0.9 billion was attributable to average interest bearing activity deposits and $1.6 billion was attributable to average time deposits.

Noninterest deposit balances tend to exhibit some seasonality with a trend of balances declining somewhat in the early part of the year followed by growth in balances throughout the remainder of the year. A portion of the noninterest balances, especially commercial balances, is sensitive to the interest rate environment. Larger balances tend to be maintained when overall interest rates are low and smaller balances tend to be maintained as overall interest rates increase. As interest rates have risen, the Corporation has increasingly been able to competitively price deposit products which has contributed to the growth in average interest bearing bank issued deposits and average bank issued time deposits. The interest rate environment in 2006 resulted in a shift in the bank issued deposit mix. In their search for higher yields, both new and existing customers have been migrating their deposit balances to higher cost money market and time deposit products. However, new customer balances have resulted in less reliance on wholesale funding sources in 2006. Management expects these trends to continue.

 

32


Table of Contents

In commercial banking, the focus remains on developing deeper relationships by capitalizing on cross-sale opportunities. Incentive plans based on the sale of treasury management products and services are focused on growing deposits. The retail banking strategy continues to focus on aggressively selling the right products to meet the needs of customers and enhance the Corporation’s profitability.

Wholesale deposits are funds in the form of deposits generated through distribution channels other than the Corporation’s own banking branches. The Corporation continues to make use of wholesale funding alternatives. These deposits allow the Corporation’s bank subsidiaries to gather funds across a wider geographic base and at pricing levels considered attractive, where the underlying depositor may be retail or institutional. Average wholesale deposits increased $0.5 billion in 2006 compared to 2005. Average wholesale deposits in 2006 include $0.4 billion of average wholesale deposits that were assumed in the 2006 banking acquisitions.

Average total bank issued deposits increased $1.5 billion or 8.1% in 2005 compared with 2004. Average noninterest bearing deposits increased $0.4 billion and average interest bearing deposits increased $1.1 billion. Average time deposits exhibited the greatest growth in bank issued interest bearing deposits in 2005 compared to 2004. Average money market accounts grew $0.3 billion in 2005 compared to 2004. This growth was offset in part by a decline in savings and NOW accounts compared to the prior year.

Average wholesale deposits increased $0.7 billion in 2005 compared to 2004.

During 2006, the Corporation’s lead bank, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank (“M&I Bank”) issued $250.0 million of fixed rate senior notes. In addition, M&I Bank issued $900.0 million of floating rate senior notes during 2006. New Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances in 2006 consisted of $550.0 million of fixed rate advances and $500.0 million of floating rate advances. In December 2006, $1.0 billion of existing senior bank notes (puttable reset securities) were remarketed. During 2006 the Corporation issued $250.0 million of senior notes. The interest rates used to determine interest on floating rate senior notes and floating rate FHLB advances are indexed to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). During 2006, $198.4 million of the Corporation’s fixed rate Series E notes and $727.0 million of FHLB advances matured. At December 31, 2006 long-term borrowings assumed by the Corporation in the banking acquisitions consisted of $30.0 million of subordinated debt and $99.0 million of subordinated debt associated with four separate issuances of trust preferred securities.

During 2005, M&I Bank issued $1,150.0 million of fixed rate senior notes with a weighted average interest rate of 4.21%. In addition, M&I Bank issued $1,225.0 million of floating rate senior notes and issued $350.0 million of fixed rate subordinated notes at an interest rate of 4.85%. New FHLB floating rate advances in 2005 amounted to $550.0 million. In December 2005, $1.0 billion of existing senior bank notes (puttable reset securities) were remarketed. The interest rates used to determine interest on floating rate senior notes and floating rate FHLB advances are indexed to LIBOR. During 2005, $100.5 million of the Corporation’s Series E notes with a weighted average interest rate of 1.75% and $450.0 million of M&I Bank’s FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 1.90% matured.

During 2004, M&I Bank prepaid $300.0 million of floating rate FHLB advances and terminated receive floating / pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges against the FHLB advances. The termination of the interest rate swaps resulted in a charge to earnings of $2.0 million. Also during 2004, a fixed rate advance from the FHLB aggregating $55.0 million with an annual coupon interest rate of 5.06% was prepaid and retired resulting in a charge to earnings of $4.9 million. The charge to earnings resulting from these transactions is reported in other expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent basis (“FTE”) as a percent of average earning assets was 3.27% in 2006 compared to 3.40% in 2005, a decrease of 13 basis points. The yield on average earning assets was 6.97% in 2006 compared to 5.97% in 2005, an increase of 100 basis points. The cost of interest bearing liabilities was 4.31% in 2006 compared to 3.04% in 2005, an increase of 127 basis points.

The net interest margin FTE as a percent of average earning assets was 3.40% in 2005 compared to 3.61% in 2004, a decrease of 21 basis points. The Corporation estimates that the additional interest expense associated with the $1.0 billion of debt issued in late July 2004 to finance Metavante’s 2004 acquisitions lowered the net interest margin FTE by approximately 11 basis points in 2005. Unlike a bank acquisition or loan growth, where the primary source of revenue is interest income, the revenue impact of Metavante’s acquisitions is reported in other

 

33


Table of Contents

income and is not a component of the net interest margin statistic. The yield on average earning assets was 5.97% in 2005 compared to 5.23% in 2004, an increase of 74 basis points. The cost of interest bearing liabilities was 3.04% in 2005 compared to 1.93% in 2004, an increase of 111 basis points.

Like the industry in general, there were many factors that presented a challenge to the net interest margin in 2006. Some of these factors included tightening loan spreads, the movement of new and existing deposits into higher yielding products, loan growth that exceeded the Corporation’s ability to generate lower cost deposits and an interest rate environment characterized by an inverted yield curve. Management continues to believe that slight margin contraction is more likely than margin expansion. As a result, the net interest margin FTE as a percent of average earning assets could continue to have modest downward pressure, a few basis points per quarter, in the near term. Net interest income and the net interest margin percentage can vary and continue to be influenced by loan and deposit growth, product spreads, pricing competition in the Corporation’s markets, prepayment activity, future interest rate changes and various other factors.

 

34


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income

The Corporation’s consolidated average balance sheets, interest earned and interest paid, and the average interest rates earned and paid for each of the last three years are presented in the following table ($ in thousands):

 

    2006     2005     2004  
   

Average

Balance

    Interest
Earned/Paid
  Average
Yield or
Cost (3)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Earned/Paid
  Average
Yield or
Cost (3)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Earned/Paid
  Average
Yield or
Cost (3)
 

Loans and leases (1)(2)

  $ 39,128,418     $ 2,857,956   7.30 %   $ 31,776,383     $ 1,961,504   6.17 %   $ 27,021,498     $ 1,435,390   5.31 %

Investment securities:

                 

Taxable

    5,687,763       277,938   4.80       4,847,722       214,537   4.41       4,672,741       200,107   4.30  

Tax-exempt (1)

    1,303,872       89,865   6.97       1,334,793       95,001   7.26       1,199,139       88,425   7.53  

Federal funds sold and security resale agreements

    227,082       11,546   5.08       153,701       5,347   3.48       53,675       857   1.60  

Trading securities (1)

    45,559       659   1.45       26,922       240   0.89       22,297       281   1.26  

Other short-term investments

    76,549       4,590   6.00       83,477       3,328   3.99       117,382       1,540   1.31  
                                                           

Total interest earning assets

    46,469,243       3,242,554   6.97 %     38,222,998       2,279,957   5.97 %     33,086,732       1,726,600   5.23 %

Cash and due from banks

    1,023,782           966,078           835,391      

Premises and equipment, net

    550,514           458,179           448,134      

Other assets

    5,013,949           3,999,172           3,152,745      

Allowance for loan and lease losses

    (406,390 )         (362,886 )         (360,408 )    
                                   

Total assets

  $ 52,651,098         $ 43,283,541         $ 37,162,594      
                                   

Interest bearing deposits:

                 

Bank issued deposits:

                 

Bank issued interest bearing activity deposits

  $ 11,668,328     $ 386,449   3.31 %   $ 10,027,250     $ 192,441   1.92 %   $ 9,960,645     $ 77,621   0.78 %

Bank issued time deposits

    7,329,307       322,280   4.40       4,410,456       141,530   3.21       3,384,120       82,938   2.45  
                                                           

Total bank issued deposits

    18,997,635       708,729   3.73       14,437,706       333,971   2.31       13,344,765       160,559   1.20  

Wholesale deposits

    7,255,647       349,984   4.82       6,720,964       210,949   3.14       6,057,542       115,543   1.91  
                                                           

Total interest bearing deposits

    26,253,282       1,058,713   4.03       21,158,670       544,920   2.58       19,402,307       276,102   1.42  

Short-term borrowings

    3,638,180       186,863   5.14       2,925,642       106,333   3.63       2,908,168       61,256   2.11  

Long-term borrowings

    10,071,717       476,625   4.73       8,193,001       330,144   4.03       5,329,571       196,440   3.69  
                                                           

Total interest bearing liabilities

    39,963,179       1,722,201   4.31 %     32,277,313       981,397   3.04 %     27,640,046       533,798   1.93 %

Noninterest bearing deposits

    5,335,539           4,942,803           4,585,628      

Other liabilities

    1,751,474           1,706,111           1,372,677      

Shareholders’ equity

    5,600,906           4,357,314           3,564,243      
                                   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 52,651,098         $ 43,283,541         $ 37,162,594      
                                   

Net interest income

    $ 1,520,353       $ 1,298,560       $ 1,192,802  
                             

Net yield on interest earning assets

      3.27 %       3.40 %       3.61 %
                             

Notes:

 

(1) FTE, assuming a Federal income tax rate of 35% for all years presented, and excluding disallowed interest expense.
(2) Loans and leases on nonaccrual status have been included in the computation of average balances.
(3) Based on average balances excluding fair value adjustments for available for sale securities.

 

35


Table of Contents

Analysis of Changes in Interest Income and Interest Expense

The effects on interest income and interest expense due to volume and rate changes in 2006 and 2005 are outlined in the following table. Changes not due solely to either volume or rate are allocated to rate ($ in thousands):

 

     2006 versus 2005     2005 versus 2004  
     Increase (Decrease) Due
to Change in
          Increase (Decrease) Due
to Change in
       
     Average
Volume (2)
    Average
Rate
    Increase
(Decrease)
    Average
Volume (2)
   

Average

Rate

    Increase
(Decrease)
 

Interest on earning assets:

            

Loans and leases (1)

   $ 453,621     $ 442,831     $ 896,452     $ 252,484     $ 273,630     $ 526,114  

Investment securities:

            

Taxable

     40,564       22,837       63,401       9,203       5,227       14,430  

Tax-exempt (1)

     (1,427 )     (3,709 )     (5,136 )     10,124       (3,548 )     6,576  

Federal funds sold and security resale agreements

     2,554       3,645       6,199       1,600       2,890       4,490  

Trading securities (1)

     166       253       419       58       (99 )     (41 )

Other short-term investments

     (276 )     1,538       1,262       (444 )     2,232       1,788  

Total interest income change

   $ 497,735     $ 464,862     $ 962,597     $ 270,606     $ 282,751     $ 553,357  

Expense on interest bearing liabilities:

            

Interest bearing deposits:

            

Bank issued deposits:

            

Bank issued interest bearing activity deposits

   $ 31,509     $ 162,499     $ 194,008     $ 520     $ 114,300     $ 114,820  

Bank issued time deposits

     93,695       87,055       180,750       25,145       33,447       58,592  

Total bank issued deposits

     105,334       269,424       374,758       13,115       160,297       173,412  

Wholesale deposits

     16,789       122,246       139,035       12,671       82,735       95,406  

Total interest bearing deposits

     131,441       382,352       513,793       24,940       243,878       268,818  

Short-term borrowings

     25,865       54,665       80,530       369       44,708       45,077  

Long-term borrowings

     75,712       70,769       146,481       105,661       28,043       133,704  

Total interest expense change

   $ 233,650     $ 507,154     $ 740,804     $ 89,499     $ 358,100     $ 447,599  

Notes:

 

(1) FTE, assuming a Federal income tax rate of 35% for all years presented, and excluding disallowed interest expense.
(2) Based on average balances excluding fair value adjustments for available for sale securities.

 

36


Table of Contents

Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience and Credit Quality

The following tables present comparative credit quality information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, as well as selected comparative years:

Consolidated Credit Quality Information

December 31, ($000’s)

 

     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

Nonperforming Assets by Type

          

Loans and Leases:

          

Nonaccrual

   $ 264,890     $ 134,718     $ 127,722     $ 166,387     $ 188,232  

Renegotiated

     125       143       236       278       326  

Past Due 90 Days or More

     2,991       5,725       4,405       6,111       5,934  
                                        

Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases

     268,006       140,586       132,363       172,776       194,492  

Other Real Estate Owned

     25,452       8,869       8,056       13,235       8,692  
                                        

Total Nonperforming Assets

   $ 293,458     $ 149,455     $ 140,419     $ 186,011     $ 203,184  
                                        

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

   $ 420,610     $ 363,769     $ 358,110     $ 349,561     $ 338,409  
                                        

Consolidated Statistics

          

Net Charge-offs to Average Loans and Leases

     0.10 %     0.12 %     0.11 %     0.21 %     0.21 %

Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases to Total Loans and Leases

     0.64       0.41       0.45       0.69       0.81  

Total Nonperforming Assets to Total Loans And Leases and Other Real Estate Owned

     0.70       0.44       0.48       0.74       0.85  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Total Loans and Leases

     1.00       1.06       1.21       1.39       1.42  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Nonperforming Loans and Leases

     157       259       271       202       174  

Major Categories of Nonaccrual Loans and Leases ($000’s)

 

     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
     Nonaccrual   

% of

Loan

Type

    % of
Nonaccrual
    Nonaccrual   

% of

Loan

Type

    % of
Nonaccrual
 

Commercial and Lease Financing

   $ 51,974    0.4 %   19.6 %   $ 45,269    0.4 %   33.6 %

Real Estate

              

Construction and Land Development

     71,298    1.2     26.9       913    —       0.7  

Commercial Real Estate

     57,705    0.5     21.8       31,184    0.4     23.1  

Residential Real Estate

     82,675    0.8     31.2       55,442    0.6     41.2  
                                      

Total Real Estate

     211,678    0.8     79.9       87,539    0.4     65.0  

Personal

     1,238    0.1     0.5       1,910    0.1     1.4  
                                      

Total

   $ 264,890    0.6 %   100.0 %   $ 134,718    0.4 %   100.0 %
                                      

 

37


Table of Contents

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses ($000’s)

 

     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005     December 31, 2004  
     Amount    Percent of
Loans and
Leases to Total
Loans and
Leases
    Amount    Percent of
Loans and
Leases to Total
Loans and
Leases
    Amount    Percent of
Loans and
Leases to Total
Loans and
Leases
 

Balance at end of period applicable to:

               

Commercial, Financial & Agricultural

   $ 251,475    28.7 %   $ 222,078    28.0 %   $ 244,042    28.7 %

Real Estate

               

Residential Mortgage

     20,454    31.9       12,921    34.9       12,311    32.6  

Commercial Mortgage

     83,510    34.2       63,813    30.5       49,965    31.7  

Personal

     18,434    3.5       24,153    4.7       14,252    5.2  

Lease Financing

     46,737    1.7       40,804    1.9       37,540    1.8  
                                       

Total

   $ 420,610    100.0 %   $ 363,769    100.0 %   $ 358,110    100.0 %
                                       

 

     December 31, 2003     December 31, 2002  
     Amount    Percent of
Loans and
Leases to Total
Loans and
Leases
    Amount    Percent of
Loans and
Leases to Total
Loans and
Leases
 

Balance at end of period applicable to:

          

Commercial, Financial & Agricultural

   $ 237,510    28.2 %   $ 234,980    28.7 %

Real Estate

          

Residential Mortgage

     28,369    29.9       35,518    28.9  

Commercial Mortgage

     37,013    32.7       22,141    31.3  

Personal

     18,213    6.9       18,394    7.8  

Lease Financing

     28,456    2.3       27,376    3.3  
                          

Total

   $ 349,561    100.0 %   $ 338,409    100.0 %
                          

Reconciliation of Consolidated Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses ($000’s)

 

     2006    2005    2004    2003    2002

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses at Beginning of Year

   $ 363,769    $ 358,110    $ 349,561    $ 338,409    $ 268,198

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     50,551      44,795      37,963      62,993      74,416

Allowance of Banks and Loans Acquired

     45,258      —        27      —        39,813

Loans and Leases Charged-off:

              

Commercial

     16,280      21,540      16,775      17,689      23,003

Real Estate—Construction

     10,862      68      33      57      94

Real Estate—Mortgage

     11,878      21,147      13,259      15,192      10,681

Personal

     14,547      15,580      12,821      12,100      12,265

Leases

     1,863      1,189      7,967      24,625      9,246
                                  

Total Charge-offs

     55,430      59,524      50,855      69,663      55,289

Recoveries on Loans and Leases:

              

Commercial

     6,910      11,758      12,631      8,736      3,819

Real Estate—Construction

     82      1      2      88      96

Real Estate—Mortgage

     2,603      2,741      3,887      4,278      2,462

Personal

     4,247      3,069      3,327      3,058      3,053

Leases

     2,620      2,819      1,567      1,662      1,841
                                  

Total Recoveries

     16,462      20,388      21,414      17,822      11,271
                                  

Net Loans and Leases Charged-off

     38,968      39,136      29,441      51,841      44,018
                                  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses at End of Year

   $ 420,610    $ 363,769    $ 358,110    $ 349,561    $ 338,409
                                  

 

38


Table of Contents

Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and leases and other real estate owned (“OREO”). The amount of nonperforming assets is affected by acquisitions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The assets and liabilities, including the nonperforming assets, of the acquired entities are included in the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheets from the date the business combination is completed, which impacts period-to-period comparisons.

OREO is principally comprised of commercial and residential properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans and amounted to $25.5 million, $8.9 million and $8.1 million at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Approximately $15.3 million or 92.4% of the increase at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005 is attributable to construction and land development and residential real estate properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans.

Nonperforming loans and leases consist of nonaccrual, renegotiated or restructured loans, and loans and leases that are delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing interest. The balance of nonperforming loans and leases are affected by acquisitions and may be subject to fluctuation based on the timing of cash collections, renegotiations and renewals.

Generally, loans that are 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are placed on nonaccrual. Exceptions to this rule are generally only for loans fully collateralized by readily marketable securities or other relatively risk free collateral. In addition, a loan may be placed on nonaccrual when management makes a determination that the facts and circumstances warrant such classification irrespective of the current payment status.

Maintaining nonperforming assets at an acceptable level is important to the ongoing success of a financial services institution. The Corporation’s comprehensive credit review and approval process is critical to ensuring that the amount of nonperforming assets on a long-term basis is minimized within the overall framework of acceptable levels of credit risk. In addition to the negative impact on net interest income and credit losses, nonperforming assets also increase operating costs due to the expense associated with collection efforts.

At December 31, 2006, nonperforming loans and leases amounted to $268.0 million or 0.64% of consolidated loans and leases compared to $140.6 million or 0.41% at December 31, 2005 and $132.4 million or 0.45% at December 31, 2004. Nonperforming loans associated with the banking acquisitions amounted to $61.6 million or approximately 23.0% of total nonperforming loans at December 31, 2006. Nonaccrual loans and leases increased $130.2 million at year-end 2006 compared to year-end 2005. The net increase was primarily due to increases in all types of nonaccrual real estate loans.

Delinquency can be an indicator of potential problem loans and leases. At December 31, 2006, loans and leases past due 60-89 days and still accruing interest amounted to $89.1 million or 0.21% of total loans and leases outstanding compared to $33.0 million or 0.10% of total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2005 and $19.4 million or 0.07% of total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2004. Approximately 93.1% of the increase in loans and leases past due 60-89 days at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005 was attributable to all types of real estate loans.

In addition to its nonperforming loans and leases, the Corporation has loans and leases for which payments are presently current, but which management believes could possibly be classified as nonperforming in the near future. These loans are subject to constant management attention and their classification is reviewed on an ongoing basis. At December 31, 2006, such loans amounted to $109.1 million or 0.26% of total loans and leases outstanding compared to $61.3 million or 0.18% of total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2005 and $72.4 million 0.25% of total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2004.

The increase in nonperforming assets and past due loans and leases reflects the effects of the recent slowdown in the housing market. This housing-related stress has been experienced in all of the Corporation’s markets and includes both core and acquired loans. The Corporation believes that its risk at the individual loan level remains relatively modest. The Corporation has been very aggressive to isolate, identify and assess its underlying loan and lease portfolio credit quality and has developed strategies to work through this housing-related stress.

 

39


Table of Contents

Net charge-offs amounted to $39.0 million or 0.10% of average loans and leases in 2006 compared with $39.1 million or 0.12% of average loans and leases in 2005 and $29.4 million or 0.11% of average loans and leases in 2004.

Net charge-offs in 2006 continued to be below the Corporation’s five year historical average of net charge-offs. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases to some extent reflects a higher than normal level of recoveries. However, the ratio of recoveries to charge-offs in 2006 trended closer to average historical experience. Although positive resolutions continue to be achieved on prior charge-offs, recoveries are expected to continue to trend downwards. Management expects net charge-offs to be more in the range of 0.15% to 0.20% and nonperforming loans and leases as a percent of total loans and leases to range from current levels to 0.75%. Negative economic events, an adverse development in industry segments within the portfolio or deterioration of a large loan or lease could also have significant adverse impacts on the actual loss levels.

Consistent with the credit quality trends noted above, the provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $50.6 million in 2006. By comparison, the provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $44.8 million and $38.0 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. The provisions for loan and lease losses are the amounts required to establish the allowance for loan and lease losses at the required level after considering charge-offs and recoveries. The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases was 1.00% at December 31, 2006 compared to 1.06% at December 31, 2005 and 1.21% at December 31, 2004.

Other Income

Total other income amounted to $1,915.4 million in 2006 compared to $1,716.3 million in 2005, an increase of $199.1 million or 11.6%. As previously discussed, total other income in 2006 includes a loss of $18.4 million from applying fair value accounting (versus hedge accounting) to interest rate swaps associated with transactions that did not qualify for hedge accounting. Excluding that loss, total other income amounted to $1,933.8 million in 2006 compared to $1,716.3 million in 2005, an increase of $217.5 million or 12.7%. Data processing services revenue and wealth management revenue were the primary contributors to the growth in other income in 2006 compared to 2005. That growth was offset by lower investment securities gains in 2006 compared to the prior year.

Total data processing services external revenue (Metavante) amounted to $1,382.7 million in 2006 compared to $1,185.0 million in 2005, an increase of $197.7 million or 16.7%. Revenue growth continued throughout this segment driven by revenue associated with acquisitions, higher transaction volumes in core processing activity, payment processing and electronic banking and an increase in healthcare eligibility and payment card production. Revenue associated with the two acquisitions completed in 2006 and a full year of revenue from the six acquisitions completed in 2005 contributed a significant portion of the revenue growth in 2006 compared to 2005. The acquisition-related revenue growth includes cross-sales of acquired products to customers across the entire segment. Metavante estimates that total revenue growth (internal and external) for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 excluding the acquisitions (“organic revenue growth”), was approximately 7.0%. To determine the estimated organic growth rate, Metavante adjusts its prior year revenue for the acquisitions as if they had been consummated on January 1 of the prior year. Total buyout revenue, which varies from period to period, increased $9.4 million in 2006 compared to 2005.

Management expects Metavante’s total revenue (internal and external) in 2007 to be in the range of $1.60 billion to $1.64 billion with margins maintained at levels similar to those achieved in 2006. In any given year there is some customer attrition due to banking consolidations. In addition, due to the focus of some of the acquired companies on software sales and the retail marketplace, revenue tends to be more cyclical and seasonal in nature especially in the fourth quarter. Management expects these trends to continue.

Wealth management revenue was $221.6 million in 2006 compared to $191.7 million in 2005, an increase of $29.9 million or 15.6%. Wealth management revenue attributable to the previously reported January 3, 2006 acquisition of certain assets of FirstTrust Indiana and the acquisition of the wealth management products and services from Gold Banc amounted to $3.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively. Continued success in the cross-selling and integrated delivery initiatives, improved investment performance and improving results in institutional sales efforts and outsourcing activities were the primary contributors to the remaining revenue growth over the respective year. Assets under management were $22.5 billion at December 31, 2006 compared to $18.9 billion at December 31, 2005, an increase of $3.6 billion or 19.2%. Assets under administration increased by $12.7 billion or 15.3% and amounted to $95.5 billion at December 31, 2006.

 

40


Table of Contents

Service charges on deposits amounted to $99.6 million in 2006 compared to $94.0 million in 2005, an increase of $5.6 million or 6.0%. The Banking acquisitions contributed $6.4 million of service charges on deposits in 2006. A portion of this source of fee income is sensitive to changes in interest rates. In a rising rate environment, customers that pay for services by maintaining eligible deposit balances receive a higher earnings credit that results in lower fee income. Excluding the effect of the banking acquisitions, lower service charges on deposits associated with commercial demand deposits accounted for the majority of the decline in revenue in 2006 compared to 2005.

Total mortgage banking revenue was $52.4 million in 2006 compared with $50.5 million in 2005, an increase of $1.9 million or 3.8%. During 2006, the Corporation sold $2.3 billion of residential mortgage and home equity loans to the secondary market. Retained interests in the form of mortgage servicing rights amounted to $0.8 million. During 2005, the Corporation sold $2.4 billion of loans to the secondary market. Retained interests in the form of mortgage servicing rights amounted to $0.9 million. At December 31, 2006, the carrying value of mortgage servicing rights was insignificant.

Net investment securities gains amounted to $9.7 million in 2006 compared to $45.5 million in 2005. Net gains associated with the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group investments amounted to $4.6 million in 2006 compared to $32.3 million in 2005. During 2005, the Corporation realized a gain of $6.6 million due to an equity investment that the Corporation liquidated in a cash tender offer. During the first quarter of 2005, the Corporation’s Banking segment’s investment in certain membership interests of PULSE was liquidated due to a change in control. The cash received resulted in a gain of $5.6 million.

As previously discussed, Derivative losses – discontinued hedges that amounted to $18.4 million in 2006, represent the mark-to-market adjustments associated with certain interest rate swaps. Based on expanded interpretations of the accounting standard for derivatives and hedge accounting, specifically hedge designation under the “matched-terms” method, it was determined that certain transactions did not qualify for hedge accounting. As a result, any fluctuation in the fair value of the interest rate swaps was recorded in earnings with no corresponding offset to the hedged items or accumulated other comprehensive income. The affected interest rate swaps were terminated in 2006 in order to avoid future earnings volatility due to mark-to-market accounting. Management believes the changes in earnings based on market volatility are not reflective of the core performance trends of the Corporation.

Other noninterest income amounted to $138.8 million in 2006 compared to $122.5 million in 2005, an increase of $16.3 million or 13.3%. The banking acquisitions contributed approximately $1.2 million to the year-over-year growth in other noninterest income. Card related fees (credit, debit, ATM and stored value) increased $10.5 million in 2006 compared to 2005. Trading and investment commissions and fees and lower auto securitization losses increased other noninterest income by $9.9 million in 2006 compared to 2005. Other noninterest income in 2005 includes gains from the sale of certain trust custody businesses and gains from branch divestitures that aggregated $5.1 million.

Total other income amounted to $1,716.3 million in 2005 compared to $1,417.9 million in 2004, an increase of $298.4 million or 21.0%. Data processing services revenue accounted for 84.1% of the growth in total other income in 2005 compared to 2004. Wealth management revenue, mortgage banking revenue, other commissions and fees and investment securities gains also contributed to growth in total other income in 2005 compared to 2004.

Total data processing services external revenue amounted to $1,185.0 million in 2005 compared to $934.1 million in 2004, an increase of $250.9 million or 26.9%. Revenue growth throughout this segment was driven by revenue associated with acquisitions, higher transaction volumes in core processing activity, payment processing and electronic banking and an increase in healthcare eligibility and payment card production. Revenue associated with the six acquisitions completed in 2005 and a full year of revenue from the six acquisitions completed in 2004 contributed a significant portion of the revenue growth in 2005 compared to 2004. The acquisition-related revenue growth includes cross-sales of acquired products to customers across the entire segment. Total buyout revenue, which varies from period to period, amounted to $9.7 million in 2005 compared to $8.8 million in 2004.

 

41


Table of Contents

Wealth management revenue was $191.7 million in 2005 compared to $175.1 million in 2004, an increase of $16.6 million or 9.5%. Revenue growth associated with trust services was the primary contributor to the revenue growth in wealth management revenue in 2005 compared to 2004. Assets under management were $18.9 billion at December 31, 2005 compared to $18.3 billion at December 31, 2004, an increase of $0.6 billion or 3.3%. On an average basis, assets under management increased approximately $1.2 billion or 6.9% in 2005 compared to 2004. Assets under administration increased by $6.9 billion or 9.1% and amounted to $82.8 billion at December 31, 2005. Sales activity emphasizing cross-selling, integrated delivery and account retention continued to drive revenue growth in 2005.

Total mortgage banking revenue was $50.5 million in 2005 compared with $34.7 million in 2004, an increase of $15.8 million or 45.6%. The increase in gains from the sale of residential mortgage and home equity loans was the primary contributor to the increase in mortgage banking revenue. During 2005, the Corporation sold $2.4 billion of residential mortgage and home equity loans to the secondary market. Retained interests in the form of mortgage servicing rights amounted to $0.9 million. During 2004, the Corporation sold $1.6 billion of loans to the secondary market. Retained interests in the form of mortgage servicing rights amounted to $1.4 million. At December 31, 2005, the carrying value of mortgage servicing rights was insignificant.

Net investment securities gains amounted to $45.5 million in 2005 compared to $35.3 million in 2004. During 2005, net gains associated with the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group investments amounted to $32.3 million. Approximately $29.4 million of the net gain in 2005 was from a net realized gain recognized due to the sale of an entity associated with the investment in an independent private equity and venture capital partnership. The Corporation realized a gain of $6.6 million due to an equity investment that the Corporation liquidated in a cash tender offer. During the first quarter of 2005, the Corporation’s Banking segment’s investment in certain membership interests of PULSE was liquidated due to a change in control. The cash received resulted in a gain of $5.6 million. During 2004, net gains associated with the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group investments amounted to $34.6 million. Approximately $34.1 million of the net gain in 2004 was from a net gain recognized in the fourth quarter of 2004 from an investment in an independent private equity and venture capital partnership.

Other noninterest income amounted to $122.5 million in 2005 compared to $112.5 million in 2004, an increase of $10.0 million or 8.8%. Other income in 2005 includes gains from the sale of certain trust custody businesses and gains from branch divestitures that aggregated $5.1 million.

Other Expense

Total other expense amounted to $2,159.5 million in 2006 compared to $1,879.0 million in 2005, an increase of $280.5 million or 14.9%.

The Metavante, Banking and wealth management acquisitions (“acquisitions”) had a significant impact on the year-to-year comparability of operating expenses in 2006 compared to 2005. Approximately $201.6 million of the 2006 versus 2005 operating expense growth was attributable to the acquisitions. As all acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, the operating expenses of the acquired entities are included in the consolidated operating expenses from the dates the acquisitions were completed. Operating expenses associated with acquisitions completed in 2005 are reflected for the full year in 2006 as opposed to a partial year in 2005. Acquisitions completed in 2006 directly affect the current year but have no impact on the prior year.

Expense control is sometimes measured in the financial services industry by the efficiency ratio statistic. The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total other expense by the sum of total other income (including Capital Markets Group-related investment gains but excluding other securities gains and losses and excluding derivative losses-discontinued hedges) and net interest income FTE. The Corporation’s efficiency ratios for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 were:

 

Efficiency Ratios

   2006     2005     2004  

Consolidated Corporation

   62.6 %   62.6 %   62.4 %

Consolidated Corporation Excluding Metavante

   50.8     50.7     50.8  

The Corporation estimates that its expense growth in 2006 compared to 2005, excluding the effect of the acquisitions was approximately $78.9 million or 4.3%.

 

42


Table of Contents

Salaries and employee benefits expense amounted to $1,210.1 million in 2006 compared to $1,074.8 million in 2005, an increase of $135.3 million or 12.6%. Total expense for stock options and the ESPP amounted to $33.2 million in 2006 compared to $32.1 million in 2005. Salaries and benefits expense related to the acquisitions contributed approximately $79.3 million to the expense growth in 2006 compared to 2005.

Net occupancy and equipment expense amounted to $244.0 million in 2006 compared to $215.6 million in 2005, an increase of $28.4 million. Net occupancy and equipment expense related to the acquisitions contributed approximately $24.8 million to the expense growth in 2006 compared to 2005.

Software expenses amounted to $70.7 million in 2006 compared to $58.0 million in 2005, an increase of $12.7 million or 21.9%. Software expense related to the acquisitions contributed approximately $2.9 million to the expense growth in 2006 compared to 2005. Excluding the acquisitions, the Banking segment and Metavante were the primary contributors to the growth in software expenses in 2006 compared to 2005.

Processing charges amounted to $110.1 million in 2006 compared to $62.6 million in 2005, an increase of $47.5 million or 75.7%. Processing charges related to the acquisitions contributed approximately $38.0 million to the expense growth in 2006 compared to 2005. Excluding the acquisitions, Metavante was the primary contributor to the growth in processing charges in 2006 compared to 2005.

Supplies and printing expense, professional services expense and shipping and handling expense amounted to $176.6 million in 2006 compared to $149.8 million in 2005, an increase of $26.8 million or 17.9%. The acquisitions contributed approximately $18.6 million to the expense growth in 2006 compared to 2005. Excluding the acquisitions, the Banking segment and Metavante were the primary contributors to the growth in these expenses in 2006 compared to 2005.

Amortization of intangibles amounted to $45.4 million in 2006 compared to $31.1 million in 2005. Amortization of intangibles increased $15.8 million in 2006 compared to 2005 due to the acquisitions. Goodwill is subject to periodic tests for impairment. The Corporation has elected to perform its annual test for impairment during the second quarter. Accordingly, the Corporation updated the analysis to June 30, 2006 and concluded that there continues to be no impairment with respect to goodwill at any reporting unit. At December 31, 2006, none of the Corporation’s other intangible assets were determined to have indefinite lives.

Other noninterest expense amounted to $302.6 million in 2006 compared to $287.2 million in 2005, an increase of $15.4 million or 5.4%. The acquisitions contributed approximately $21.1 million to the expense growth in 2006 compared to 2005. Excluding the impact of the acquisitions and the effect on other noninterest expense due to the capitalization of costs, net of amortization, associated with software development and data processing conversions which is discussed below, other noninterest expense growth in 2006 compared to 2005 was approximately $7.9 million or 3.0%.

Other expense is affected by the capitalization of costs, net of amortization, associated with software development and data processing conversions. A lower amount of capitalized software development costs and capitalized conversion costs net of their respective amortization, write-offs of software and the amortization associated with the software obtained in the acquisitions resulted in a net decrease in other noninterest expense of $13.6 million in 2006 compared to 2005.

Total other expense amounted to $1,879.0 million in 2005 compared to $1,628.7 million in 2004, an increase of $250.3 million or 15.4%.

The acquisitions by Metavante had a significant impact on the year-to-year comparability of operating expenses in 2005 compared to 2004. Approximately $182.1 million of the 2005 versus 2004 operating expense growth was attributable to the acquisitions.

The Corporation estimates that its expense growth in 2005 compared to 2004, excluding the effect of the acquisitions and the impact of the 2004 significant transactions previously discussed, was approximately $86.3 million or 5.7%.

 

43


Table of Contents

Salaries and employee benefits expense amounted to $1,074.8 million in 2005 compared to $919.4 million in 2004, an increase of $155.4 million or 16.9%. Total expense for stock options and the ESPP amounted to $32.1 million in 2005 compared to $32.2 million in 2004. Salaries and benefits expense related to the Metavante acquisitions contributed approximately $92.8 million to the expense growth in 2005 compared to 2004. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to the Banking segment which reflects increased incentive compensation associated with loan and deposit growth and increased personnel to build out product lines in markets outside Wisconsin as well as increased personnel for de novo branch expansion.

Net occupancy and equipment expense amounted to $215.6 million in 2005 compared to $192.9 million in 2004, an increase of $22.7 million. Net occupancy and equipment expense related to the Metavante acquisitions contributed approximately $20.7 million to the expense growth in 2005 compared to 2004.

Software expenses amounted to $58.0 million in 2005 compared to $50.0 million in 2004, an increase of $8.0 million or 15.9%. Software expense related to the Metavante and banking acquisitions contributed approximately $4.5 million to the expense growth in 2005 compared to 2004. The Banking segment contributed $2.7 million to the growth in software expenses in 2005 compared to 2004.

Processing charges amounted to $62.6 million in 2005 compared to $52.2 million in 2004, an increase of $10.4 million or 19.9%. Processing charges related to the Metavante acquisitions contributed approximately $11.9 million to the expense growth in 2005 compared to 2004.

Supplies and printing expense, professional services expense and shipping and handling expense amounted to $149.8 million in 2005 compared to $135.1 million in 2004, an increase of $14.7 million or 10.8%. The Metavante acquisitions contributed approximately $11.8 million to the expense growth in 2005 compared to 2004.

Amortization of intangibles amounted to $31.1 million in 2005 compared to $27.9 million in 2004. Amortization and valuation reserves associated with mortgage servicing rights declined $1.3 million. At December 31, 2005, the carrying value of mortgage servicing rights amounted to $2.8 million. Amortization of intangibles increased $6.9 million in 2005 compared to 2004 due to Metavante’s acquisitions. For the year ended December 31, 2005, $0.4 million of goodwill was included in the determination of the gains associated with the sale of certain trust custody businesses and the gains from branch divestitures. Goodwill is subject to periodic tests for impairment. The Corporation has elected to perform its annual test for impairment during the second quarter. Accordingly, the Corporation updated the analysis to June 30, 2005 and concluded that there was no impairment with respect to goodwill at any reporting unit. At December 31, 2005, none of the Corporation’s other intangible assets were determined to have indefinite lives.

Other noninterest expense amounted to $287.2 million in 2005 compared to $251.2 million in 2004, an increase of $36.0 million. The Metavante acquisitions contributed approximately $32.5 million to the expense growth in 2005 compared to 2004. Excluding the impact of the Metavante acquisitions, advertising, travel and card related expenses increased by $16.7 million in 2005 compared to 2004. As previously discussed, during 2004 the Corporation prepaid and retired certain higher cost long-term debt and terminated some related receive floating / pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges resulting in a loss of $6.9 million. During 2004, Metavante sold its small business 401k Retirement Plan Services operations and also sold the direct customer base of Paytrust.com resulting in an aggregate loss of approximately $7.1 million. Charitable foundation expense amounted to $5.0 million in 2004.

Other expense is affected by the capitalization of costs, net of amortization, associated with software development and data processing conversions. A lower amount of capitalized software development costs and capitalized conversion costs net of their respective amortization, write-offs of software and the amortization associated with the software obtained in the acquisitions resulted in a net decrease in other noninterest expense of $8.3 million in 2005 compared to 2004. During 2004, Metavante determined that certain purchased and internally developed software will no longer be used or was impaired and such software was written off. Capitalized software costs written off as a result of these decisions amounted to $8.7 million in 2004.

 

44


Table of Contents

Income Tax Provision

The provision for income taxes was $387.8 million in 2006, $351.5 million in 2005, and $306.0 million in 2004. The effective tax rate in 2006 was 32.4% compared to 33.2% in 2005 and 33.6% in 2004. The lower effective tax rate in 2006 reflects, in part, increased tax benefits from programs and activities that are eligible for federal income tax credits. Some of these programs and activities provide annual tax benefits in the form of federal income tax credits in future periods as long as the programs and activities continue to qualify under the federal tax regulations.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP to GAAP Results

The Corporation has provided non-GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) operating results for the year ended December 31, 2006, as a supplement to its GAAP financial results. The Corporation believes that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful because they allow investors to assess, on a consistent basis, the Corporation’s operating performance, exclusive of items management believes are not indicative of the operations of the Corporation such as the change in the accounting for derivatives. Management uses such non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate financial results and to establish operational goals. These non-GAAP financial measures should be considered a supplement to, and not a substitute for, financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2006
    

Amount

($ in millions)

   

Per Diluted

Share

Net Income

   $ 807.8     $ 3.17

Net Derivative Losses - Discontinued Hedges (After-Tax)

     12.0       0.05
              

Net Income as Adjusted :

   $ 819.8     $ 3.22
              

Average Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 5,601    

Cumulative Net Derivative Losses – Discontinued Hedges (AfterTax)

     23    
          

Adjusted Average Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 5,624    
          

Based on Net Income as Adjusted:

    

Return on Assets

     1.56 %  

Return on Equity

     14.58 %  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Shareholders’ equity was $6.15 billion or 10.9% of total consolidated assets at December 31, 2006, compared to $4.74 billion or 10.2% of total consolidated assets at December 31, 2005.

In conjunction with the adoption of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 and the determination that certain interest rate swaps did not qualify for hedge accounting, the cumulative effect of adjusting the reported carrying amount of the affected assets, liabilities and accumulated other comprehensive income as of January 1, 2006 resulted in a net reduction to Shareholders’ equity of $18.0 million.

In the second quarter of 2006, the Corporation’s Board of Directors authorized an increase in the quarterly cash dividend paid on the Corporation’s common stock, from $0.24 per share to $0.27 per share, or 12.5%.

Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2006 includes the effect of certain common stock issuances during the current year. During the first quarter of 2006, the Corporation issued 527,864 shares of its common stock valued at $23.2 million in conjunction with Metavante’s acquisition of AdminiSource Inc. and issued 385,192 shares of its common stock valued at $16.9 million to fund its 2005 obligations under its retirement and employee stock ownership plans. During the second quarter of 2006, the Corporation issued 13,672,665 shares of its common stock and exchanged fully vested stock options to purchase 119,816 of its common stock with a total value of $603.9 million in conjunction with the Corporation’s acquisition of Gold Banc. Also during the second quarter of 2006, the Corporation issued 3,069,328 shares of its common stock and exchanged fully vested stock options to purchase 412,317 of its common stock with a total value of $148.3 million in conjunction with the Corporation’s acquisition of Trustcorp.

 

45


Table of Contents

The Corporation has a Stock Repurchase Program under which up to 12 million shares of the Corporation’s common stock can be repurchased annually. During 2006, the Corporation repurchased 1.0 million shares at an aggregate cost of $41.8 million or an average price of $41.79 per common share. There were no purchases under the program in 2005.

At December 31, 2006, the net loss in accumulated other comprehensive income amounted to $17.5 million which represents a positive change in accumulated other comprehensive income of $19.7 million since December 31, 2005. Net accumulated other comprehensive income associated with available for sale investment securities was a net loss of $22.0 million at December 31, 2006, compared to a net loss of $36.3 million at December 31, 2005, resulting in a net gain of $14.3 million over the twelve month period. The unrealized loss associated with the change in fair value of the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges declined $0.6 million since December 31, 2005, resulting in a net increase in Shareholders’ equity. Accumulated other comprehensive income also includes for the first time, a net unrealized gain of $4.8 million which represents the amount required to adjust the Corporation’s postretirement health benefit liability to its funded status as of December 31, 2006 in accordance with the new accounting standard on employers’ accounting for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans.

In 2005, the Corporation entered into an equity distribution agreement whereby the Corporation may offer and sell up to 3.5 million shares of its common stock from time to time through certain designated sales agents. However, the Corporation will not sell more than the number of shares of its common stock necessary for the aggregate gross proceeds from such sales to reach $150.0 million. No sales occurred in 2006. The aggregate gross proceeds available for future sales were approximately $143.3 million at December 31, 2006.

During the third quarter of 2004, the Corporation and M&I Capital Trust B issued 16,000,000 units of Common SPACESSM. Each unit has a stated value of $25.00 for an aggregate value of $400.0 million. Each Common SPACES consists of (i) a stock purchase contract under which the investor agrees to purchase for $25, a fraction of a share of the Corporation’s common stock on the stock purchase date and (ii) a 1/40, or 2.5%, undivided beneficial interest in a preferred security of M&I Capital Trust B, also referred to as the STACKSSM, with each share having an initial liquidation amount of $1,000. The stock purchase date is expected to be August 15, 2007, but could be deferred for quarterly periods until August 15, 2008.

Each stock purchase contract underlying a Common SPACES obligates the investor to purchase on the stock purchase date for an amount in cash equal to the $25 stated amount of the Common SPACES, a number of shares of common stock equal to the settlement rate.

The settlement rate for each purchase contract will be set on August 15, 2007 (regardless of whether the stock purchase date is deferred beyond August 15, 2007). If the applicable market value (the average of the closing price per share of the Corporation’s common stock for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding August 15, 2007) of common stock is equal to or greater than $46.28, the settlement rate will be 0.5402 shares of common stock, which is equal to the stated amount divided by $46.28. If the applicable market value of common stock is less than $46.28 but greater than $37.32, the settlement rate will be the number of shares of common stock equal to $25 divided by the applicable market value. If the applicable market value of common stock is less than or equal to $37.32, the settlement rate will be 0.6699 which is the state amount divided by $37.32. The settlement rates are subject to adjustment, without duplication, upon the occurrence of certain anti-dilution events, including adjustments for dividends paid above $0.21 per share (the dividend rate at the time of the offering). The most recent quarterly dividend declared by the Corporation was $0.27 per share. No adjustment to the fixed settlement rate will be made if the applicable market value of common stock is in the $37.32 to $46.28 range.

The Corporation estimates that it will issue approximately 8.7 million to 10.9 million common shares to settle shares issuable pursuant to the stock purchase contracts. Before issuance of the common shares upon settlement of the stock purchase contracts, the stock purchase contracts will be reflected in diluted earnings per share calculations using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the Corporation expects there will be some dilutive effect on earnings per share for periods when the average market price of the Corporation’s

 

46


Table of Contents

common stock for the reporting period is above $46.28 and that there could be some dilutive effect on earnings per share for periods when the average market price of the Corporation’s common stock for the reporting period is above the average market price of the Corporation’s common stock for the twenty trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding the end of the reporting period. There was no dilutive effect on diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

Federal and state banking laws place certain restrictions on the amount of dividends and loans which a bank may make to its parent company. Such restrictions have not had, and are not expected to have, any material effect on the Corporation’s ability to meet its cash obligations.

M&I manages its liquidity to ensure that funds are available to each of its banks to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers and to ensure the Corporation’s own cash requirements are met. M&I maintains liquidity by obtaining funds from several sources.

The Corporation’s most readily available source of liquidity is its investment portfolio. Investment securities available for sale, which totaled $7.0 billion at December 31, 2006, represent a highly accessible source of liquidity. The Corporation’s portfolio of held-to-maturity investment securities, which totaled $0.5 billion at December 31, 2006, provides liquidity from maturities and interest payments. The Corporation’s loans held for sale provide additional liquidity. These loans represent recently funded loans that are prepared for delivery to investors, which generally occurs within thirty to ninety days after the loan has been funded.

Depositors within M&I’s defined markets are another source of liquidity. Core deposits (demand, savings, money market and consumer time deposits) averaged $20.3 billion in 2006. The Corporation’s banking affiliates may also access the Federal funds markets or utilize collateralized borrowings such as treasury demand notes or FHLB advances.

The banking affiliates may use wholesale deposits, which include foreign (Eurodollar) deposits. Wholesale deposits, which averaged $7.3 billion in 2006, are funds in the form of deposits generated through distribution channels other than the Corporation’s own banking branches. These deposits allow the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries to gather funds across a national geographic base and at pricing levels considered attractive, where the underlying depositor may be retail or institutional. Access to wholesale deposits also provides the Corporation with the flexibility to not pursue single service time deposit relationships in markets that have experienced some unprofitable pricing levels.

The Corporation utilizes certain financing arrangements to meet its balance sheet management, funding, liquidity, and market or credit risk management needs. The majority of these activities are basic term or revolving securitization vehicles. These vehicles are generally funded through term-amortizing debt structures or with short-term commercial paper designed to be paid off based on the underlying cash flows of the assets securitized. These facilities provide access to funding sources substantially separate from the general credit risk of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

The Corporation’s lead bank, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank (“M&I Bank”) has implemented a bank note program. During 2006, M&I Bank amended the bank note program into a global bank note program that permits it to issue up and sell up to a maximum of US$13.0 billion aggregate principal amount (or the equivalent thereof in other currencies) at any one time outstanding of its senior global bank notes with maturities of seven days or more from their respective date of issue and subordinated global bank notes with maturities more than five years from their respective date of issue. The notes may be fixed rate or floating rate and the exact terms will be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement or the applicable Program Supplement. This program is intended to enhance liquidity by enabling M&I Bank to sell its debt instruments in global markets in the future without the delays that would otherwise be incurred. Bank notes outstanding at December 31, 2006, amounted to $6.6 billion of which $1.3 billion is subordinated and qualifies as supplementary capital for regulatory capital purposes.

The national capital markets represent a further source of liquidity to the Corporation. The Corporation has filed a number of shelf registration statements that are intended to permit the Corporation to raise funds through sales of corporate debt and/or equity securities with a relatively short lead time.

 

47


Table of Contents

During the third quarter of 2005, the Corporation amended the shelf registration statement originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission during the second quarter of 2004 to include the equity distribution agreement previously discussed. That amended shelf registration statement enables the Corporation to issue various securities, including debt securities, common stock, preferred stock, depositary shares, purchase contracts, units, warrants, and trust preferred securities, up to an aggregate amount of $3.0 billion. At December 31, 2006, approximately $1.3 billion was available for future securities issuances.

During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Corporation filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission which will enable the Corporation to issue up to 6.0 million shares of its common stock which may be offered and issued from time to time in connection with acquisitions by M&I, Metavante and/or other subsidiaries of the Corporation. At December 31, 2006, there were 3.1 million shares of common stock available for future issuances.

Under another shelf registration statement, the Corporation may issue up to $0.6 billion of medium-term Series F notes with maturities ranging from 9 months to 30 years and at fixed or floating rates. As of December 31, 2006, $250.0 million of Series F notes had been issued. The Corporation may issue up to $0.5 billion of medium-term MiNotes with maturities ranging from 9 months to 30 years and at fixed or floating rates. The MiNotes are issued in smaller denominations to attract retail investors. At December 31, 2006, MiNotes issued amounted to $0.2 billion in aggregate principal amount. Additionally, the Corporation has a commercial paper program. At December 31, 2006, commercial paper outstanding amounted to $0.5 billion.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes the Corporation’s more significant contractual obligations at December 31, 2006. Excluded from the following table are a number of obligations to be settled in cash. These items are reflected in the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheet and include deposits with no stated maturity, trade payables, accrued interest payable and derivative payables that do not require physical delivery of the underlying instrument.

 

           Payments Due by Period ($ in millions)

Contractual Obligations

  

Note

Ref

    Total    Less than
One Year
  

One to

Three Years

  

Three to

Five Years

   More than
Five Years

Certificate of Deposit and Other Time Deposit Obligations

   (1 )   $  15,891.7    $  12,945.5    $  1,526.7    $ 416.7    $  1,002.8

Short-term Debt Obligations

   (2 )     3,609.3      3,609.3      —        —        —  

Long-term Debt Obligations

   (3 )     13,993.5      3,334.3      3,594.3      3,137.3      3,927.6

Capital Lease Obligations

       0.1      0.1      —        —        —  

Minimum Operating Lease Obligations

       204.4      40.3      62.4      42.2      59.5

Obligations to Purchase Foreign Currencies

   (4 )     468.5      468.5      —        —        —  

Purchase Obligations - Facilities (Additions, Repairs and Maintenance)

       19.1      19.0      0.1      —        —  

Purchase Obligations - Technology

       88.4      85.4      2.6      0.4      —  

Purchase Obligations - Other

       15.5      8.2      7.3      —        —  

Other Obligations:

                

Unfunded Investment Obligations

   (5 )     16.9      11.4      5.2      0.2      0.1

Defined Contribution Pension Obligations

   (6 )     67.5      67.5      —        —        —  

Health and Welfare Benefits

   (7 )     —        —        —        —        —  

Postretirement Benefit Obligations

   (7 )     7.0      7.0      —        —        —  
                                    

Total

     $ 34,381.9    $ 20,596.5    $ 5,198.6    $ 3,596.8    $ 4,990.0
                                    

Notes:

In the banking industry, interest-bearing obligations are principally utilized to fund interest-bearing assets. As such, interest charges on certificate of deposit and other time deposit obligations and short-term debt obligations

 

48


Table of Contents

were excluded from amounts reported, as the potential cash outflows would have corresponding cash inflows from interest-bearing assets. The same, although to a lesser extent, is the case with respect to interest charges on long-term debt obligations. As long-term debt obligations may be used for purposes other than to fund interest-bearing assets, an estimate of interest charges is included in the amounts reported.

 

  (1) Certain retail certificates of deposit and other time deposits give customers rights to early withdrawal. Early withdrawals may be subject to penalties. The penalty amount depends on the remaining time to maturity at the time of early withdrawal. Brokered certificates of deposits may be redeemed early upon the death or adjudication of incompetence of the holder.
  (2) See Note 14 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Corporation’s various short-term borrowings. Many short-term borrowings such as Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements and commercial paper are expected to be reissued and, therefore, do not necessarily represent an immediate need for cash.
  (3) See Note 15 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Corporation’s various long-term borrowings. The amounts shown in the table include interest on both fixed and variable rate obligations. The interest associated with variable rate obligations is based upon rates in effect at December 31, 2006. The contractual amounts to be paid on variable rate obligations are affected by changes in market interest rates. Future changes in market interest rates could materially affect the contractual amounts to be paid.
  (4) See Note 21 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Corporation’s foreign exchange activities. The Corporation generally matches commitments to deliver foreign currencies with obligations to purchase foreign currencies which minimizes the immediate need for cash.
  (5) The Corporation also has unfunded obligations for certain investments in investment funds. Under the obligations for certain investments in investment funds the Corporation could be required to invest an additional $47.5 million if the investment funds identify and commit to invest in additional qualifying investments. The investment funds have limited lives and defined periods for investing in new qualifying investments or providing additional funds to existing investments. As a result, the timing and amount of the funding requirements for these obligations are uncertain and could expire with no additional funding requirements.
  (6) See Note 19 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Corporation’s defined contribution program. The amount shown represents the unfunded contribution for the year ended December 31, 2006.
  (7) The health and welfare benefit plans are periodically funded throughout each plan year with participant contributions and the Corporation’s portion of benefits expected to be paid.

The Corporation has generally financed its growth through the retention of earnings and the issuance of debt. It is expected that future growth can be financed through internal earnings retention, additional debt offerings, or the issuance of additional common or preferred stock or other capital instruments.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The term off-balance sheet arrangement describes the means through which companies typically structure off-balance sheet transactions or otherwise incur risks of loss that are not fully transparent to investors or other users of financial information. For example, in many cases, in order to facilitate transfer of assets or otherwise finance the activities of an unconsolidated entity, a company may be required to provide financial support designed to reduce the risks to the entity or other third parties. That financial support may take many different forms such as financial guarantees, subordinated retained interests, derivative instruments or other contingent arrangements that expose the company to continuing risks or contingent liabilities regardless of whether or not they are recorded on the balance sheet.

 

49


Table of Contents

Certain guarantees may be a source of potential risk to future liquidity, capital resources and results of operations. Guarantees may be in the form of contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on: (1) changes in an underlying instrument or variable such as a financial standby letter of credit; (2) failure to perform under an obligating agreement such as a performance standby letter of credit; and (3) indemnification agreements that require the indemnifying party to make payments to the indemnified party based on changes in an underlying instrument or variable that is related to an asset, a liability or an equity security of the indemnified party, such as an adverse judgment in a lawsuit. The Corporation, for a fee, regularly enters into standby letters of credit transactions and provides certain indemnifications against loss in conjunction with software sales, merchant credit card processing and securities lending activities, which are described in detail in Notes 20 and 25 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Companies may structure and facilitate off-balance sheet arrangements by retaining an interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity. Such interests may be in the form of a subordinated retained interest in a pool of receivables transferred to an unconsolidated entity, cash collateral accounts, recourse obligations or other forms of credit, liquidity, or market risk support. These subordinated interests protect the senior interests in the unconsolidated entity in the event a portion of the underlying transferred assets becomes uncollectible or there are insufficient funds to repay senior interest obligations. The Corporation uses such arrangements primarily in conjunction with its indirect automobile lending activities that are described in detail in Note 10 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and in the discussion of critical accounting policies that follows this discussion.

As described in Note 15 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Corporation holds all of the common interest in M&I Capital Trust A and M&I Capital Trust B which issued cumulative preferred capital securities which are supported by junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures and a full guarantee issued by the Corporation. In conjunction with the banking acquisitions completed in 2006, the Corporation acquired all of the common interests in an additional four trusts that also issued cumulative preferred capital securities which are supported by junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures in the aggregate principal amounts of $16.0 million, $30.0 million, $38.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively and full guarantees assumed by the Corporation. The Corporation does not consolidate any of these six trusts in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

At December 31, 2006, the Corporation did not hold any material variable interests in entities that provide it liquidity, market risk or credit risk support, or engage in leasing, hedging or research and development services with the Corporation. Based on the off-balance sheet arrangements with which it is presently involved, the Corporation does not believe that such off-balance sheet arrangements either have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact to its current or future financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or capital.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Corporation has established various accounting policies that govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States in the preparation of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. The significant accounting policies of the Corporation are described in the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements contained herein and updated as necessary in its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management that may have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities. Management considers such accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The judgments and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the nature of judgments and assumptions made by management, actual results could differ from these judgments and estimates which could have a material impact on the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the results of the operations of the Corporation. Management continues to consider the following to be those accounting policies that require significant judgments and assumptions:

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to determine that it is adequate to absorb these inherent losses. This evaluation is supported by a methodology that identifies estimated losses based on assessments of individual problem loans and historical loss patterns of homogeneous loan pools. In addition, environmental factors, including economic conditions and regulatory guidance, unique to each measurement date are also considered. This reserving methodology has the following components:

 

50


Table of Contents

Specific Reserve. The Corporation’s internal risk rating system is used to identify loans and leases that meet the criteria as being “impaired” under the definition in SFAS 114. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For impaired loans, impairment is measured using one of three alternatives: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price, if available; or (3) the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans and loans for which foreclosure is deemed to be probable. In general, these loans have been internally identified as credits requiring management’s attention due to underlying problems in the borrower’s business or collateral concerns. Subject to a minimum size, a quarterly review of these loans is performed to identify the specific reserve necessary to be allocated to each of these loans. This analysis considers expected future cash flows, the value of collateral and also other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to make payments when due.

Collective Loan Impairment. This component of the allowance for loan and lease losses is comprised of two elements. First, the Corporation makes a significant number of loans and leases, which due to their underlying similar characteristics, are assessed for loss as homogeneous pools. Included in the homogeneous pools are loans and leases from the retail sector and commercial loans under a certain size that have been excluded from the specific reserve allocation previously discussed. The Corporation segments the pools by type of loan or lease and, using historical loss information, estimates a loss reserve for each pool.

The second element reflects management’s recognition of the uncertainty and imprecision underlying the process of estimating losses. The internal risk rating system is used to identify those loans within certain industry segments that based on financial, payment or collateral performance, warrant closer ongoing monitoring by management. The specific loans mentioned earlier are excluded from this analysis. Based on management’s judgment, reserve ranges are allocated to industry segments due to environmental conditions unique to the measurement period. Consideration is given to both internal and external environmental factors such as economic conditions in certain geographic or industry segments of the portfolio, economic trends, risk profile, and portfolio composition. Reserve ranges are then allocated using estimates of loss exposure that management has identified based on these economic trends or conditions.

The Corporation has not materially changed any aspect of its overall approach in the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses. There have been no material changes in estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance. However, on an on-going basis the Corporation continues to refine the methods used in determining management’s best estimate of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The following factors were taken into consideration in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2006:

The recent slowdown in the housing market is having an impact on the performance of some of the Corporation’s construction and land development loans. A re-balancing of supply and demand within the national housing market has reduced both absorption rates and valuations causing stress for some borrowers within this loan segment. These loans are geographically dispersed and are in both the Corporation’s core and acquired loan portfolios. The Corporation has taken these exposures into consideration in determining the adequacy of its allowance for loan and lease losses.

At December 31, 2006, allowances for loan and lease losses continue to be carried for exposures to manufacturing, healthcare, production agriculture (including dairy and cropping operations), truck transportation, accommodation, general contracting, motor vehicle and parts dealers and construction and land development loans secured by vacant land. The majority of the commercial charge-offs incurred in recent periods were in these industry segments. While most loans in these categories are still performing, the Corporation continues to believe these sectors present a higher than normal risk due to their financial and external characteristics.

 

51


Table of Contents

During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Corporation’s commitments to Shared National Credits were approximately $3.7 billion with usage averaging around 48%. Many of the Corporation’s largest charge-offs have come from the Shared National Credit portfolio. Although these factors result in an increased risk profile, as of December 31, 2006, there were no Shared National Credit nonperforming loans. The Corporation’s exposure to Shared National Credits is monitored closely given this lending group’s loss experience.

The Corporation’s primary lending areas are Wisconsin, Arizona, Minnesota and Missouri. The vast majority of the assets acquired from Gold Banc are in entirely new markets for the Corporation. Included in these new markets is the Kansas City metropolitan area, Tulsa, Oklahoma, and Tampa, Sarasota and Bradenton, Florida. Each of these regions and markets has cultural and environmental factors that are unique to them.

At December 31, 2006, nonperforming loans and leases amounted to $268.0 million or 0.64% of consolidated loans and leases compared to $140.6 million or 0.41% at December 31, 2005 and $132.4 million or 0.45% at December 31, 2004. Nonperforming loans associated with the banking acquisitions amounted to $61.6 million or approximately 23.0% of total nonperforming loans at December 31, 2006. Nonaccrual loans and leases increased $130.2 million at year-end 2006 compared to year-end 2005. The net increase was primarily due to increases in all types of nonaccrual real estate loans.

Net charge-offs amounted to $39.0 million or 0.10% of average loans and leases in 2006 compared with $39.1 million or 0.12% of average loans and leases in 2005 and $29.4 million or 0.11% of average loans and leases in 2004. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases to some extent reflects a higher than normal level of recoveries. However, the ratio of recoveries to charge-offs in 2006 trended closer to average historical experience. Although positive resolutions continue to be achieved on prior charge-offs, recoveries are expected to continue to trend downwards. Management expects net charge-offs to be more in the range of 0.15% to 0.20%.

Based on the above loss estimates, management determined its best estimate of the required allowance for loans and leases. Management’s evaluation of the factors described above resulted in an allowance for loan and lease losses of $420.6 million or 1.00% of loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2006. The allowance for loan and lease losses was $363.8 million or 1.06% of loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2005. Consistent with the credit quality trends noted above, the provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $50.6 million in 2006, compared to $44.8 million and $38.0 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. The resulting provisions for loan and lease losses are the amounts required to establish the allowance for loan and lease losses at the required level after considering charge-offs and recoveries. Management recognizes there are significant estimates in the process and the ultimate losses could be significantly different from those currently estimated.

Capitalized Software and Conversion Costs

Direct costs associated with the production of computer software that will be licensed externally or used in a service bureau environment are capitalized. Capitalization of such costs is subject to strict accounting policy criteria, although the appropriate time to initiate capitalization requires management judgment. Once the specific capitalized project is put into production, the software cost is amortized over its estimated useful life, generally four years. Each quarter, the Corporation performs net realizable value tests to ensure the assets are recoverable. Such tests require management judgment as to the future sales and profitability of a particular product which involves, in some cases, multi-year projections. Technology changes and changes in customer requirements can have a significant impact on the recoverability of these assets and can be difficult to predict. Should significant adverse changes occur, estimates of useful life may have to be revised or write-offs would be required to recognize impairment. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the amount of software costs capitalized amounted to $48.6 million and $40.8 million, respectively. Amortization expense of software costs amounted to $53.4 million and $57.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

During 2004, Metavante determined that certain products had limited growth potential. As a result of strategic product reviews and the results of net realizable tests on these products, Metavante determined that the capitalized software and other assets associated with the products were impaired. Total capitalized software costs written off amounted to $8.7 million and are included in other noninterest expense in 2004.

 

52


Table of Contents

Direct costs associated with customer system conversions to the data processing operations are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms, generally five to seven years, of the related servicing contracts.

Capitalization only occurs when management is satisfied that such costs are recoverable through future operations or buyout fees in case of early termination. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the amount of conversion costs capitalized amounted to $11.6 million and $10.5 million, respectively. Amortization expense of conversion costs amounted to $10.1 million and $10.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Net unamortized costs, which are included in Accrued Interest and Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, at December 31, were ($ in millions):

 

     2006    2005

Software

   $  152.0    $  154.0

Conversions

     28.8      26.7
             

Total

   $ 180.8    $ 180.7
             

The Corporation has not substantively changed any aspect to its overall approach in the determination of the amount of costs that are capitalized for software development or conversion activities. There have been no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the periodic amortization of such costs.

Financial Asset Sales and Securitizations

The Corporation utilizes certain financing arrangements to meet its balance sheet management, funding, liquidity, and market or credit risk management needs. The majority of these activities are basic term or revolving securitization vehicles. These vehicles are generally funded through term-amortizing debt structures or with short-term commercial paper designed to be paid off based on the underlying cash flows of the assets securitized. These financing entities are contractually limited to a narrow range of activities that facilitate the transfer of or access to various types of assets or financial instruments. In certain situations, the Corporation provides liquidity and/or loss protection agreements. In determining whether the financing entity should be consolidated, the Corporation considers whether the entity is a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. For non-consolidation, a QSPE must be demonstrably distinct, have significantly limited permitted activities, hold assets that are restricted to transferred financial assets and related assets, and can sell or dispose of non-cash financial assets only in response to specified conditions.

In December 2003, the Corporation adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46R”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (revised December 2003). This interpretation addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities. Transferors to QSPEs and “grandfathered” QSPEs subject to the reporting requirements of SFAS 140 are outside the scope of FIN 46R and do not consolidate those entities. With respect to the Corporation’s securitization activities, the adoption of FIN 46R did not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements because its transfers are generally to QSPEs.

The Corporation sells financial assets in a two-step process that results in a surrender of control over the assets, as evidenced by true-sale opinions from legal counsel, to unconsolidated entities that securitize the assets. The Corporation retains interests in the securitized assets in the form of interest-only strips and cash reserve accounts. Gain or loss on sale of the assets depends in part on the carrying amount assigned to the assets sold allocated between the asset sold and retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. The value of the retained interests is based on the present value of expected cash flows estimated using management’s best estimates of the key assumptions – credit losses, prepayment speeds, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Actual results can differ from expected results.

The Corporation reviews the carrying values of the retained interests monthly to determine if there is a decline in value that is other than temporary and periodically reviews the propriety of the assumptions used based on current historical experience as well as the sensitivities of the carrying value of the retained interests to adverse changes in the key assumptions. The Corporation believes that its estimates result in a reasonable carrying value of the retained interests.

 

53


Table of Contents

Net gains associated with the retained interests, held in the form of interest-only strips amounted to $0.9 million in 2006 compared to $1.0 million in 2005 and are included in net investment securities gains in the Consolidated Statements of Income. During 2006, the Corporation realized $4.0 million in gains that were offset by impairment losses of $3.1 million. There were no impairment losses in 2005. The gains realized in 2006 and 2005 resulted from the excess of cash received over the carrying amount of certain interest-only strips. The impairment in 2006 was a result of the differences between the actual credit losses experienced compared to the expected credit losses used in measuring certain interest-only strips. Those impairments were deemed to be other than temporary.

The Corporation regularly sells automobile loans to an unconsolidated multi-seller special purpose entity commercial paper conduit in securitization transactions in which servicing responsibilities and subordinated interests are retained. The outstanding balances of automobile loans sold in these securitization transactions were $948.2 million and $954.2 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the carrying amount of retained interests amounted to $34.3 million and $25.9 million, respectively.

The Corporation also sells, from time to time, debt securities classified as available for sale that are highly rated to an unconsolidated bankruptcy remote QSPE whose activities are limited to issuing highly rated asset-backed commercial paper with maturities up to 180 days which is used to finance the purchase of the investment securities. The Corporation provides liquidity back-up in the form of Liquidity Purchase Agreements. In addition, the Corporation acts as counterparty to interest rate swaps that enable the QSPE to hedge its interest rate risk. Such swaps are designated as free-standing derivative financial instruments in the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

At December 31, 2006, highly rated investment securities in the amount of $358.9 million were outstanding in the QSPE to support the outstanding commercial paper.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the income statement in the period that includes the enactment date.

The determination of current and deferred income taxes is based on complex analyses of many factors, including interpretation of Federal and state income tax laws, the difference between tax and financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities (temporary differences), estimates of amounts currently due or owed, such as the timing of reversals of temporary differences and current accounting standards. The Federal and state taxing authorities who make assessments based on their determination of tax laws periodically review the Corporation’s interpretation of Federal and state income tax laws. Tax liabilities could differ significantly from the estimates and interpretations used in determining the current and deferred income tax liabilities based on the completion of taxing authority examinations.

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, (“FIN 48”), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

The provisions of FIN 48 were effective beginning January 1, 2007. The financial statement impact of adopting FIN 48 was not material.

 

54


Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements

A discussion of new accounting pronouncements that are applicable to the Corporation and have been or will be adopted by the Corporation is included in Note 1 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.

 

55


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk arises from exposure to changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, and other relevant market rate or price risk. The Corporation faces market risk through trading and other than trading activities. While market risk that arises from trading activities in the form of foreign exchange and interest rate risk is immaterial to the Corporation, market risk from other than trading activities in the form of interest rate risk is measured and managed through a number of methods.

Interest Rate Risk

The Corporation uses financial modeling techniques to identify potential changes in income under a variety of possible interest rate scenarios. Financial institutions, by their nature, bear interest rate and liquidity risk as a necessary part of the business of managing financial assets and liabilities. The Corporation has designed strategies to limit these risks within prudent parameters and identify appropriate risk/reward tradeoffs in the financial structure of the balance sheet.

The financial models identify the specific cash flows, repricing timing and embedded option characteristics of the assets and liabilities held by the Corporation. Policies are in place to assure that neither earnings nor fair value at risk exceed appropriate limits. The use of a limited array of derivative financial instruments has allowed the Corporation to achieve the desired balance sheet repricing structure while simultaneously meeting the desired objectives of both its borrowing and depositing customers.

The models used include measures of the expected repricing characteristics of administered rate (NOW, savings and money market accounts) and non-rate related products (demand deposit accounts, other assets and other liabilities). These measures recognize the relative insensitivity of these accounts to changes in market interest rates, as demonstrated through current and historical experiences. In addition to contractual payment information for most other assets and liabilities, the models also include estimates of expected prepayment characteristics for those items that are likely to materially change their payment structures in different rate environments, including residential mortgage products, certain commercial and commercial real estate loans and certain mortgage-related securities. Estimates for these sensitivities are based on industry assessments and are substantially driven by the differential between the contractual coupon of the item and current market rates for similar products.

This information is incorporated into a model that allows the projection of future income levels in several different interest rate environments. Earnings at risk are calculated by modeling income in an environment where rates remain constant, and comparing this result to income in a different rate environment, and then dividing this difference by the Corporation’s budgeted operating income before taxes for the calendar year. Since future interest rate moves are difficult to predict, the following table presents two potential scenarios — a gradual increase of 100bp across the entire yield curve over the course of the year (+25bp per quarter), and a gradual decrease of 100bp across the entire yield curve over the course of the year (-25bp per quarter) for the balance sheet as of December 31, 2006:

 

Hypothetical Change in Interest Rates

  

Impact to 2007

Pretax Income

100 basis point gradual rise in rates

   0.5%

100 basis point gradual decline in rates

   -0.6%

These results are based solely on the modeled parallel changes in market rates, and do not reflect the earnings sensitivity that may arise from other factors such as changes in the shape of the yield curve and changes in spread between key market rates. These results also do not include any management action to mitigate potential income variances within the simulation process. Such action could potentially include, but would not be limited to, adjustments to the repricing characteristics of any on- or off-balance sheet item with regard to short-term rate projections and current market value assessments.

Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

 

56


Table of Contents

Another component of interest rate risk is measuring the fair value at risk for a given change in market interest rates. The Corporation also uses computer modeling techniques to determine the present value of all asset and liability cash flows (both on- and off-balance sheet), adjusted for prepayment expectations, using a market discount rate. The net change in the present value of the asset and liability cash flows in different market rate environments is the amount of fair value at risk from those rate movements. As of December 31, 2006 the fair value of equity at risk for a gradual 100bp shift in rates was less than 2.0% of the market value of the Corporation.

Equity Risk

In addition to interest rate risk, the Corporation incurs market risk in the form of equity risk. The Corporation invests directly and indirectly through investment funds, in private medium-sized companies to help establish new businesses or recapitalize existing ones. These investments expose the Corporation to the change in equity values for the companies of the portfolio companies. However, fair values are difficult to determine until an actual sale or liquidation transaction actually occurs. At December 31, 2006, the carrying value of total active capital markets investments amounted to approximately $46.6 million.

At December 31, 2006, M&I Wealth Management administered $95.5 billion in assets and directly managed $22.5 billion in assets. Exposure exists to changes in equity values due to the fact that fee income is partially based on equity balances. Quantification of this exposure is difficult due to the number of other variables affecting fee income. Interest rate changes can also have an effect on fee income for the above-stated reasons.

 

57


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005, AND 2004

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31 ($000’s except share data)

 

     2006     2005  

Assets

    

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

    

Cash and Due from Banks

   $ 1,248,007     $ 1,155,263  

Federal Funds Sold and Security Resale Agreements

     192,061       209,869  

Money Market Funds

     45,190       49,219  
                

Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

     1,485,258       1,414,351  

Interest Bearing Deposits at Other Banks

     19,042       40,659  

Investment Securities:

    

Trading Securities, at Market Value

     36,249       29,779  

Available for Sale, at Market Value

     6,977,853       5,701,703  

Held to Maturity, Market Value $507,909 ($638,135 in 2005)

     495,520       618,554  
                

Total Investment Securities

     7,509,622       6,350,036  

Loans Held for Sale

     300,677       277,847  

Loans and Leases:

    

Loans and Leases, Net of Unearned Income of $124,869 ($107,244 in 2005)

     41,634,340       33,889,066  

Less: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

     420,610       363,769  
                

Net Loans and Leases

     41,213,730       33,525,297  

Premises and Equipment, Net

     571,637       490,687  

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

     3,212,102       2,461,461  

Accrued Interest and Other Assets

     1,918,189       1,652,379  
                

Total Assets

   $ 56,230,257     $ 46,212,717  
                

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest Bearing

   $ 6,112,362     $ 5,525,019  

Interest Bearing

     27,972,020       22,149,202  
                

Total Deposits

     34,084,382       27,674,221  

Short-term Borrowings

     6,425,130       5,626,734  

Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

     1,543,219       1,507,621  

Long-term Borrowings

     8,026,155       6,668,670  
                

Total Liabilities

     50,078,886       41,477,246  

Shareholders’ Equity:

    

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value, 2,000,000 Shares Authorized

     —         —    

Common Stock, $1.00 par value, 700,000,000 Shares Authorized; 261,972,424 Shares Issued (244,587,222 Shares in 2005)

     261,972       244,587  

Additional Paid-in Capital

     1,770,540       970,739  

Retained Earnings

     4,383,642       3,871,614  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Related Taxes

     (17,546 )     (37,291 )

Less: Treasury Stock, at Cost: 6,502,732 Shares (9,148,493 in 2005)

     205,938       277,423  

Deferred Compensation

     41,299       36,755  
                

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     6,151,371       4,735,471  
                

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 56,230,257     $ 46,212,717  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended December 31 ($000’s except share data)

 

     2006     2005    2004

Interest and Fee Income

       

Loans and Leases

   $ 2,856,043     $ 1,959,063    $ 1,432,754

Investment Securities:

       

Taxable

     277,938       214,537      200,107

Exempt from Federal Income Taxes

     61,769       64,127      58,826

Trading Securities

     614       229      271

Short-term Investments

     16,136       8,675      2,397
                     

Total Interest and Fee Income

     3,212,500       2,246,631      1,694,355

Interest Expense

       

Deposits

     1,058,713       544,920      276,102

Short-term Borrowings

     186,863       106,333      61,256

Long-term Borrowings

     476,625       330,144      196,440
                     

Total Interest Expense

     1,722,201       981,397      533,798
                     

Net Interest Income

     1,490,299       1,265,234      1,160,557

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     50,551       44,795      37,963
                     

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     1,439,748       1,220,439      1,122,594

Other Income

       

Data Processing Services

     1,382,658       1,185,024      934,128

Wealth Management

     221,554       191,720      175,119

Service Charges on Deposits

     99,597       93,953      98,882

Gains on Sale of Mortgage Loans

     47,281       47,138      28,936

Other Mortgage Banking Revenue

     5,121       3,350      5,737

Net Investment Securities Gains

     9,701       45,514      35,336

Life Insurance Revenue

     29,134       27,079      27,254

Net Derivative Losses - Discontinued Hedges

     (18,449 )     —        —  

Other

     138,824       122,481      112,538
                     

Total Other Income

     1,915,421       1,716,259      1,417,930

Other Expense

       

Salaries and Employee Benefits

     1,210,107       1,074,758      919,431

Net Occupancy

     103,184       88,656      77,209

Equipment

     140,863       126,942      115,650

Software Expenses

     70,681       57,987      50,021

Processing Charges

     110,050       62,646      52,239

Supplies and Printing

     25,634       23,933      23,581

Professional Services

     60,653       53,641      43,763

Shipping and Handling

     90,346       72,201      67,772

Amortization of Intangibles

     45,373       31,103      27,852

Other

     302,646       287,177      251,166
                     

Total Other Expense

     2,159,537       1,879,044      1,628,684
                     

Income Before Income Taxes

     1,195,632       1,057,654      911,840

Provision for Income Taxes

     387,794       351,464      305,987
                     

Net Income

   $ 807,838     $ 706,190    $ 605,853
                     

Net Income Per Common Share

       

Basic

   $ 3.24     $ 3.06    $ 2.72

Diluted

     3.17       2.99      2.66

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31 ($000’s)

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

      

Net Income

   $ 807,838     $ 706,190     $ 605,853  

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by

Operating Activities:

      

Depreciation and Amortization

     171,093       202,353       192,070  

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     50,551       44,795       37,963  

Provision (Benefit) for Deferred Taxes

     47,299       (15,545 )     2,361  

Stock–based Compensation Expense

     39,775       37,243       36,280  

Excess Tax Benefit from Stock-based Compensation Arrangements

     (11,430 )     (8,882 )     (11,155 )

Gains on Sales of Assets

     (32,771 )     (111,450 )     (34,356 )

Proceeds from Sales of Trading Securities and Loans Held for Sale

     12,599,298       9,180,578       7,723,357  

Purchases of Trading Securities and Loans Held for Sale

     (12,282,292 )     (9,136,336 )     (7,513,518 )

Other

     (544,465 )     (262,767 )     (42,577 )
                        

Total Adjustments

     37,058       (70,011 )     390,425  
                        

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     844,896       636,179       996,278  

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

      

Proceeds from Sales of Securities Available for Sale

     609,008       104,280       12,467  

Proceeds from Maturities of Securities Available for Sale

     1,193,940       1,260,242       1,265,998  

Proceeds from Maturities of Securities Held to Maturity

     124,286       108,554       94,907  

Purchases of Securities Available for Sale

     (2,229,324 )     (1,792,054 )     (1,775,775 )

Net Increase in Loans

     (3,957,011 )     (4,545,258 )     (4,571,125 )

Purchases of Assets to be Leased

     (260,939 )     (281,991 )     (215,578 )

Principal Payments on Lease Receivables

     234,445       226,504       291,608  

Purchases of Premises and Equipment, Net

     (104,911 )     (93,624 )     (80,428 )

Acquisitions, Net of Cash and Cash Equivalents Acquired

     (130,385 )     (94,399 )     (1,012,100 )

Other

     5,747       (15,390 )     25,142  
                        

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (4,515,144 )     (5,123,136 )     (5,964,884 )

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

      

Net Increase in Deposits

     2,701,936       1,295,837       4,200,843  

Proceeds from Issuance of Commercial Paper

     5,326,917       5,310,137       6,442,232  

Principal Payments on Commercial Paper

     (5,185,918 )     (5,241,685 )     (6,534,320 )

Net (Decrease) Increase in Other Short-term Borrowings

     (106,539 )     1,029,234       (1,584,827 )

Proceeds from Issuance of Long-term Borrowings

     2,448,752       3,279,779       3,040,500  

Payment of Long-term Borrowings

     (1,225,554 )     (604,735 )     (455,829 )

Dividends Paid

     (261,535 )     (214,788 )     (179,855 )

Purchases of Common Stock

     (41,791 )     —         (98,385 )

Proceeds from the Issuance of Common Stock

     84,042       60,911       206,666  

Excess Tax Benefit from Stock-based Compensation Arrangements

     11,430       8,882       11,155  

Other

     (10,585 )     (10,402 )     (3,062 )
                        

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

     3,741,155       4,913,170       5,045,118  
                        

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     70,907       426,213       76,512  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year

     1,414,351       988,138       911,626  
                        

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year

   $ 1,485,258     $ 1,414,351     $ 988,138  
                        

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash Paid During the Year for:

      

Interest

   $ 1,625,191     $ 906,308     $ 506,773  

Income Taxes

     362,451       366,431       283,588  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

($000’s except share data)

 

     Compre-
hensive
Income
    Preferred
Stock
   Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Common
Stock
    Deferred
Compen-
sation
   

Accumula-

ted Other
Compre-
hensive
Income

 

Balance, December 31, 2003

     $ —      $ 240,833    $ 718,333     $ 2,954,214     $ (513,562 )   $ (19,877 )   $ 2,694  

Comprehensive Income:

                  

Net Income

   $ 605,853       —        —        —         605,853       —         —         —    

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities:

                  

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $5,692

     (10,476 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassification for Securities Transactions Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $139

     (258 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Total Unrealized Gains

(Losses) on Securities

     (10,734 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         (10,734 )
                        

Net Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Hedging Variability of Cash Flows:

                  

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $5,821

     10,810       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassification Adjustments For Hedging Activities Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $11,075

     20,568       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Net Gains (Losses)

     31,378       —        —        —         —         —         —         31,378  
                        

Other Comprehensive Income

     20,644       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Comprehensive Income

   $ 626,497       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Issuance of 3,599,700 Common Shares

       —        3,599      146,300       —         —         —         —    

Present Value of Stock Purchase Contract and Allocated Fees and Expenses for Common SPACESSM

       —        —        (34,039 )     —         —         —         —    

Issuance of 2,825,014 Treasury Common Shares Under Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans

       —        —        (27,436 )     —         85,342       (9,610 )     —    

Acquisition of 2,310,053 Common Shares

       —        —        (41 )     —         (90,011 )     197       —    

Dividends Declared on Common Stock—$0.810 Per Share

       —        —        —         (179,855 )     —         —         —    

Income Tax Benefit for Compensation Expense for Tax Purposes in Excess of Amounts Recognized for Financial Reporting Purposes

       —        —        11,155       —         —         —         —    
                  

Stock Based Compensation Expense

       —        —        36,280       —         —         —         —    
                  

Other

       —        —        (273 )     —         —         —         —    
                                                        

Balance, December 31, 2004

     $ —      $ 244,432    $ 850,279     $ 3,380,212     $ (518,231 )   $ (29,290 )   $ 23,338  
                                                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

($000’s except share data)

 

     Compre-
hensive
Income
    Preferred
Stock
   Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Common
Stock
    Deferred
Compen-
sation
   

Accumula-

ted Other
Compre-
hensive
Income

 

Balance, December 31, 2004

     $ —      $ 244,432    $ 850,279     $ 3,380,212     $ (518,231 )   $ (29,290 )   $ 23,338  

Comprehensive Income:

                  

Net Income

   $ 706,190       —        —        —         706,190       —         —         —    

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities:

                  

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $36,387

     (66,670 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassification for Securities Transactions Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $388

     (722 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Total Unrealized Gains

(Losses) on Securities

     (67,392 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         (67,392 )
                        

Net Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Hedging Variability of Cash Flows:

                  

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $5,499

     10,211       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassification Adjustments For Hedging Activities Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $1,857

     (3,448 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Net Gains (Losses)

     6,763       —        —        —         —         —         —         6,763  
                        

Other Comprehensive Income

     (60,629 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Comprehensive Income

   $ 645,561       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Issuance of 155,000 Common Shares

       —        155      6,496       —         —         —         —    

Issuance of 5,254,523 Treasury Common Shares in the 2005 Business Combinations

       —        —        81,778       —         159,317       —         —    

Issuance of 2,358,561 Treasury Common Shares Under Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans

       —        —        (17,201 )     —         71,663       (7,746 )     —    

Issuance of 355,046 Treasury Common Shares for Retirement Plan Funding

       —        —        3,611       —         10,765       —         —    

Acquisition of 25,095 Common Shares

       —        —        (66 )     —         (937 )     281       —    

Dividends Declared on Common Stock—$0.930 Per Share

       —        —        —         (214,788 )     —         —         —    

Income Tax Benefit for Compensation Expense for Tax Purposes in Excess of Amounts Recognized for Financial Reporting Purposes

       —        —        8,882       —         —         —         —    

Stock Based Compensation Expense

       —        —        37,243       —         —         —         —    

Other

       —        —        (283 )     —         —         —         —    
                                                        

Balance, December 31, 2005

     $ —      $ 244,587    $ 970,739     $ 3,871,614     $ (277,423 )   $ (36,755 )   $ (37,291 )
                                                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

($000’s except share data)

 

     Compre-
hensive
Income
    Preferred
Stock
   Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Common
Stock
    Deferred
Compen-
sation
   

Accumula-

ted Other
Compre-
hensive
Income

 

Balance, December 31, 2005 As Originally Reported

     $ —      $ 244,587    $ 970,739     $ 3,871,614     $ (277,423 )   $ (36,755 )   $ (37,291 )

Cumulative Effect of SAB 108, Net of Tax, See Note 2

       —        —        —         (34,275 )     —         —         16,230  
                                                        

Balance, As Adjusted

       —        244,587      970,739       3,837,339       (277,423 )     (36,755 )     (21,061 )

Comprehensive Income:

                  

Net Income

   $ 807,838       —        —        —         807,838       —         —         —    

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities:

                  

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $9,682

     17,562       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassification for Securities Transactions Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $1,768

     (3,283 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Total Unrealized Gains

(Losses) on Securities

     14,279       —        —        —         —         —         —         14,279  
                        

Net Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Hedging Variability of Cash Flows:

                  

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $475

     (882 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassification Adjustments For Hedging Activities Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $7,930

     (14,727 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Net Gains (Losses)

     (15,609 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         (15,609 )
                        

Other Comprehensive Income

     (1,330 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
                        

Total Comprehensive Income

   $ 806,508                  
                        

Adjustment to Initially Apply SFAS 158, Net of Tax of $2,854

       —        —        —         —         —         —         4,845  

Issuance of 17,269,857 Common Shares in the 2006 Business Combinations

       —        17,385      763,054       —         (5,099 )     —         —    

Issuance of 3,434,187 Treasury Common Shares Under Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans

       —        —        (20,108 )     —         108,269       (391 )     —    

Issuance of 385,192 Treasury Common Shares for Retirement Plan Funding

       —        —        4,819       —         12,130       —         —    

Acquisition of 1,058,273 Common Shares

       —        —        1,109       —         (43,815 )     —         —    

Dividends Declared on Common Stock—$1.050 Per Share

       —        —        —         (261,535 )     —         —         —    

Net Change in Deferred Compensation

       —        —        —         —         —         (4,153 )     —    

Income Tax Benefit for Compensation Expense for Tax Purposes in Excess of Amounts Recognized for Financial Reporting Purposes

       —        —        11,430       —         —         —         —    

Stock Based Compensation Expense

       —        —        39,775       —         —         —         —    

Other

       —        —        (278 )     —         —         —         —    
                                                        

Balance, December 31, 2006

     $ —      $ 261,972    $ 1,770,540     $ 4,383,642     $ (205,938 )   $ (41,299 )   $ (17,546 )
                                                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (“M&I” or the “Corporation”) is a financial holding company that provides diversified financial services to a wide variety of corporate, institutional, government and individual customers. M&I’s largest affiliates and principal operations are in Wisconsin; however, it has activities in other markets, particularly in certain neighboring Midwestern states, and in Arizona, Nevada and Florida. The Corporation’s principal activities consist of banking and data processing services. Banking services, lending and accepting deposits from retail and commercial customers are provided through its lead bank, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank (“M&I Bank”), which is headquartered in Wisconsin, one federally chartered thrift headquartered in Nevada, one state chartered bank headquartered in St. Louis, Missouri, and an asset-based lending subsidiary headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. In addition to branches located throughout Wisconsin, banking services are provided in branches located throughout Arizona, the Minneapolis, Minnesota, Kansas City, Missouri and St. Louis, Missouri metropolitan areas, Duluth, Minnesota, Tulsa, Oklahoma, Belleville, Illinois, Las Vegas, Nevada and Florida’s west coast, as well as on the Internet. Financial and data processing services and software sales are provided through the Corporation’s subsidiary Metavante Corporation (“Metavante”) and its nonbank subsidiaries primarily to financial institutions throughout the United States. Other financial services provided by M&I include: personal property lease financing to consumer and commercial customers; investment management and advisory services; venture capital and financial advisory services; trust services to residents of Wisconsin, Arizona, Minnesota, Missouri, Florida, Nevada and Indiana; and brokerage and insurance services.

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Consolidation principles—The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries that are wholly or majority owned and/or over which it exercises substantive control and significant variable interest entities for which the Corporation has determined that, based on the variable interests it holds, it is the primary beneficiary in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46R”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities an interpretation of Accounting Research Board (“ARB”) No. 51 (revised December 2003). The primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity is the party that absorbs a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both, as a result of holding variable interests. Variable interests are the ownership, contractual or other pecuniary interests in an entity. Investments in unconsolidated affiliates, in which the Corporation has 20 percent or more ownership interest and has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not substantive control, over the affiliates’ operating and financial policies, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, unless the investment has been determined to be temporary. Intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

The Corporation utilizes certain financing arrangements to meet its balance sheet management, funding, liquidity, and market or credit risk management needs. The majority of these activities are basic term or revolving securitization facilities. These facilities are generally funded through term-amortizing debt structures or with short-term commercial paper designed to be paid off based on the underlying cash flows of the assets securitized. These financing entities are contractually limited to a narrow range of activities that facilitate the transfer of or access to various types of assets or financial instruments. In certain situations, the Corporation provides liquidity and/or loss protection agreements. In determining whether the financing entity should be consolidated, the Corporation considers whether the entity is a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140 (“SFAS 140”), Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. For non-consolidation, a QSPE must be demonstrably distinct, have significantly limited permitted activities, hold assets that are restricted to transferred financial assets and related assets, and can sell or dispose of non-cash financial assets only in response to specified conditions.

 

64


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Certain amounts in the 2005 and 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2006 presentation.

Cash and cash equivalents—For purposes of the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Corporation defines cash and cash equivalents as short-term investments, which have an original maturity of three months or less and are readily convertible into cash.

Securities—Securities, when purchased, are designated as Trading, Investment Securities Available for Sale or Investment Securities Held to Maturity, and remain in that category until they are sold or mature. The specific identification method is used in determining the cost of securities sold.

Trading Securities are carried at fair value, with adjustments to the carrying value reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Investment Securities Held to Maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. The Corporation designates investment securities as held to maturity only when it has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. All other securities are classified as Investment Securities Available for Sale and are carried at fair value with fair value adjustments net of the related income tax effects reported as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Loans held for sale—Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market, determined on an aggregate basis, based on outstanding firm commitments received for such loans or on current market prices.

Loans and leases—Interest on loans, other than direct financing leases, is recognized as income based on the loan principal outstanding during the period. Unearned income on financing leases is recognized over the lease term on a basis that results in an approximate level rate of return on the lease investment. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are past due 90 days as to either interest or principal. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is charged to interest and fee income on loans. A nonaccrual loan may be restored to an accrual basis when interest and principal payments are brought current and collectibility of future payments is not in doubt.

The Corporation defers and amortizes fees and certain incremental direct costs, primarily salary and employee benefit expenses, over the contractual term of the loan or lease as an adjustment to the yield. The unamortized net fees and costs are reported as part of the loan or lease balance outstanding.

The Corporation periodically reviews the residual values associated with its leasing portfolios. Declines in residual values that are judged to be other than temporary are recognized as a loss resulting in a reduction in the net investment in the lease.

Allowance for loan and lease losses—The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb estimated losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio including loans that have been determined to be impaired. For impaired loans, impairment is measured using one of three alternatives: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price, if available; or (3) the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans and loans for which foreclosure is deemed to be probable. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on a continual review of the loan and lease portfolio, loan and lease loss experience, economic conditions, growth and composition of the portfolio, and other relevant factors. As a result of management’s continual review, the allowance is adjusted through provisions for loan and lease losses charged against income.

Financial asset sales—The Corporation sells financial assets, in a two-step process that results in a surrender of control over the assets, as evidenced by true-sale opinions from legal counsel, to unconsolidated entities that securitize the assets. The Corporation retains interests in the securitized assets in the form of interest-only strips and provides additional credit support by maintaining cash reserve accounts. Gain or loss on sale of the assets depends in part on the carrying amount assigned to the assets sold allocated between the asset sold and retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. The value of the retained interests is based on the present value of expected cash flows estimated using management’s best estimates of the key assumptions – credit losses, prepayment speeds, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved.

 

65


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Premises and equipment—Land is recorded at cost. Premises and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated principally on the straight-line method with annual rates varying from 10 to 50 years for buildings and 3 to 10 years for equipment. Long-lived assets which are impaired are carried at fair value and long-lived assets to be disposed of are carried at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense and betterments are capitalized.

Other real estate owned—Other real estate owned consists primarily of assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debts. Other real estate owned is recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs, at the date of transfer. Valuation adjustments required at the date of transfer for assets acquired in satisfaction of debts are charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Subsequent to transfer, other real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs, based upon periodic evaluations. Rental income from properties and gains on sales are included in other income, and property expenses, which include carrying costs, required valuation adjustments and losses on sales, are recorded in other expense. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, total other real estate owned amounted to $25,452 and $8,869, respectively.

Data processing services—Data processing and related revenues are recognized as services are performed based on amounts billable under the contracts. Processing services performed that have not been billed to customers are accrued. Revenue includes shipping and handling costs associated with such income producing activities.

Revenues attributable to the licensing of software are generally recognized upon delivery and performance of certain contractual obligations, provided that no significant vendor obligations remain and collection of the resulting receivable is deemed probable. Service revenues from customer maintenance fees for ongoing customer support and product updates are recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance period. Service revenues from training and consulting are recognized when the services are performed. Conversion revenues associated with the conversion of customers’ processing systems to Metavante’s processing systems are deferred and amortized over the period of the related processing contract, which on average is approximately five years. Deferred revenues, which are included in Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, amounted to $110,768 and $111,900 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Capitalized software and conversions—Direct costs associated with the production of computer software which will be licensed externally or used in a service bureau environment are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the product, generally four years. Such capitalized costs are periodically evaluated for impairment and adjusted to net realizable value when impairment is indicated. Direct costs associated with customer system conversions to the data services operations are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the terms of the related servicing contract. Routine maintenance of software products, design costs and development costs incurred prior to establishment of a product’s technological feasibility for software to be sold, are expensed as incurred.

Net unamortized costs, which are included in Accrued Interest and Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, at December 31 were:

 

     2006    2005

Software

   $ 152,032    $ 154,058

Conversions

     28,770      26,666
             

Total

   $ 180,802    $ 180,724
             

Amortization expense, which includes software write-downs, was $63,514, $68,170 and $72,527, for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. During 2004, Metavante determined that certain products had limited growth potential. Based on strategic product reviews and the results of net realizable tests performed on these products, it was determined that the capitalized software and other assets associated with those products were impaired. Total capitalized software costs written off amounted to $8,662 for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Goodwill and other intangibles—Unless otherwise indicated, the Corporation annually tests goodwill for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit. For purposes of the test, the Corporation’s reporting units are the operating segments as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.

 

66


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The first step is a screen for potential impairment and the second step measures the amount of impairment, if any. See Note 12 for additional information.

Identifiable intangibles arising from purchase acquisitions with a finite useful life are amortized over their useful lives and consist of core deposit intangibles, contract rights, tradenames and customer lists.

Identifiable intangibles that have been determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized but are subject to periodic tests for impairment. At December 31, 2006, the Corporation did not have any identifiable intangibles that have been determined to have an indefinite useful life.

Derivative financial instruments—Derivative financial instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are carried in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. The fair value of the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments is determined based on quoted market prices for comparable transactions, if available, or a valuation model that calculates the present value of expected future cash flows.

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. For derivative financial instruments designated as hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (fair value hedge), the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change together with the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. For derivative financial instruments designated as hedging the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge), the effective portion of the derivative financial instrument’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately.

At inception of a hedge, the Corporation formally documents the hedging relationship as well as the Corporation’s risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, including identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, and how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in hedging the exposure will be assessed.

If a cash flow hedge is discontinued because it is probable that the original forecasted transaction will not occur, the net gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income is immediately reclassified into earnings. If the cash flow hedge is sold, terminated, expires or the designation of the cash flow hedge is removed, the net gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income is reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.

Cash flows from derivative financial instruments are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as operating activities.

Foreign exchange contracts—Foreign exchange contracts include such commitments as foreign currency spot, forward, future and option contracts. Foreign exchange contracts and the premiums on options written or sold are carried at market value with changes in market value included in other income.

Treasury stock—Treasury stock acquired is recorded at cost and is carried as a reduction of shareholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Treasury stock issued is valued based on average cost. The difference between the consideration received upon issuance and the average cost is charged or credited to additional paid-in capital.

New accounting pronouncements—Recently issued accounting guidance that is applicable to the Corporation and has been or will be adopted by the Corporation is as follows:

In February 2007, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items generally on an instrument-by-instrument basis at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS 159 is intended to provide entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings

 

67


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS 159 does not change requirements for recognizing and measuring dividend income, interest income, or interest expense. SFAS 159 is effective for the Corporation on January 1, 2008, although early adoption is permitted. If the Corporation elects to adopt SFAS 159 early, it would need to concurrently early adopt the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which is described below. The Corporation is evaluating the provisions of SFAS 159.

In September 2006, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) (“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 applies to all plan sponsors who offer defined benefit postretirement benefit plans and requires an entity to recognize in its statement of financial position an asset for a defined benefit postretirement plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status; to measure a defined benefit postretirement plan’s assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year; and to recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the year in which the changes occur. SFAS 158 does not change the amount of net periodic benefit cost included in net income or change the various measurement conventions associated with postretirement benefit plan accounting.

The requirement to recognize the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan was effective for the Corporation on December 31, 2006 and resulted in an increase to Shareholders’ Equity of $4,845. The requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the Corporation’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position is effective on December 31, 2008. The impact of adopting SFAS 158 for the Corporation’s defined benefit health plan, which provides health care benefits to eligible current and retired employees, is not expected to be material.

In October 2006, the FASB issued Staff Position (FSP) 123R-5, Amendment of FASB Staff Position FAS 123(R)-1. This FSP provides that for instruments that were originally issued as employee compensation and then modified solely to reflect an equity restructuring that occurs when the holders are no longer employees, no change in the recognition or the measurement (due to a change in classification) of those instruments is required if: (1) there is no increase in fair value of the award or the antidilution provision is not added to the terms of the award in contemplation of an equity restructuring; and (2) all holders of the same class of equity instruments are treated in the same manner. This FSP did not impact the Corporation, as its accounting policy was already consistent with the FSP’s provisions.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB 108”), which provides guidance regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements and addresses the diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements and the potential under current practice for the build up of improper amounts on the balance sheet.

The techniques most commonly used in practice to accumulate and quantify misstatements are generally referred to as the “rollover” and “iron curtain” approaches. The rollover approach quantifies a misstatement based on the amount of the error originating in the current year income statement. This approach ignores the effect of correcting the portion of the current year balance sheet misstatement that originated in prior years. The iron curtain approach quantifies a misstatement based on the effects of correcting the misstatement existing in the balance sheet at the end of the current year, irrespective of the misstatement’s year(s) of origination. This approach ignores the effect on the current period income statement.

The SEC staff has indicated in SAB 108 that they do not believe that the exclusive reliance on either the rollover or iron curtain approach appropriately quantifies all misstatements that could be material to users of financial statements. The staff believes registrants must quantify the impact of correcting all misstatements, including both the carryover and reversing effects of prior year misstatements, on the current year financial statements. The staff believes that this can be accomplished by quantifying an error under both the rollover and iron curtain approaches as described above and by evaluating the error measured under each approach. Early application of this guidance was encouraged and application was required beginning with the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The Corporation elected early application of the guidance contained in SAB 108. See Note 2.

 

68


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS 157 provides enhanced guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. The standard applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. The standard does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. Under the standard, fair value refers to the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the market in which the reporting entity is engaged. SFAS 157 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2008, although early adoption is permitted. The Corporation is currently evaluating the financial statement impact, if any, of adopting SFAS 157.

In July 2006, the FASB issued Staff Position FSP-FAS 13-2, Accounting for a Change in the Timing of Cash Flows Related to Income Taxes Generated by a Leveraged Lease Transaction. FSP-FAS 13-2 will require companies to treat a change or projected change in the timing of cash flows relating to income taxes in a leveraged lease transaction as a change of an important assumption, requiring a recalculation in accordance with FASB No. 13, Accounting for Leases. FSP-FAS 13-2 was effective January 1, 2007. The adoption of FSP-FAS 13-2 will have no impact, as the Corporation has not entered into any leveraged lease transactions.

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

The provisions of FIN 48 were effective January 1, 2007 and the adoption of FIN 48 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s results of operations or financial position.

In June 2006, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 06-3, How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation). Certain taxes such as sales taxes and other excise taxes are levied by various taxing authorities based on sales activity. Although generally levied on the purchaser of the goods or services, the selling party usually collects and remits the sales tax to the government. However, in certain jurisdictions, sales taxes are levied on sellers of the goods and services as opposed to the purchasers. Under this EITF consensus these taxes may be presented gross as revenue and an offsetting expense or may be presented net and excluded from revenue. The guidance in this EITF consensus was effective January 1, 2007 with early application permitted. This EITF consensus will not impact the Corporation’s results of operations or financial position and the Corporation will continue to report these taxes on a net basis. Taxes subject to this consensus primarily relate to the Corporation’s data processing subsidiary, Metavante.

In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets - an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 (“SFAS 156”). This statement amends FASB No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, which requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract in certain situations. SFAS 156 requires that all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. This statement permits the subsequent measurement of servicing assets and servicing liabilities using either a fair value method or an amortization method. The standard permits a one-time reclassification of available-for-sale securities to trading securities by entities with recognized servicing rights, without calling into question the treatment of other available-for-sale securities under Statement 115, provided that the available-for-sale securities are identified in some manner as offsetting the entity’s exposure to changes in fair value of servicing assets or servicing liabilities that a servicer elects to subsequently measure at fair value. The Corporation was required to adopt SFAS 156 beginning January 1, 2007. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s results of operations or financial position.

 

69


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

In February 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments - an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 (“SFAS 155”). This statement amends FASB Statements No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”), and No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (“SFAS 140”). SFAS 155 will require the Corporation to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets acquired after the statement’s effective date to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation. SFAS 155 permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation. The amended rule also clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS 133 and further clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives. SFAS 155 also amends SFAS 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument.

In December 2006, the FASB approved FASB Statement 133 Implementation Issue B40 which amended SFAS 155, to provide a narrow scope exception for securitized interests (1) that only contain an embedded derivative that is tied to the prepayment risk of the underlying prepayable financial assets, and (2) where the investor does not control the right to accelerate the settlement. The Corporation was required to adopt SFAS 155 for all financial instruments acquired or issued after January 1, 2007. The adoption of this standard and amendment did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s results of operations or financial position.

2. Adoption of SAB 108

In September, 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued SAB 108 to provide guidance regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements and to address the diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements and the potential under current practice for the build up of improper amounts on the balance sheet.

As previously discussed, in 2006 the Corporation elected early application of SAB 108, and, as a result, has adjusted its opening financial position for 2006 and the results of operations for the first two quarters of 2006 to reflect a change in its hedge accounting under SFAS 133.

The Corporation utilizes interest rate swaps to hedge its risk in connection with certain financial instruments. The Corporation had applied hedge accounting under SFAS 133 to these transactions from inception. Due to the recent expansion of certain highly technical interpretations of SFAS 133, specifically hedge designation under the “matched-term” method, interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges with an aggregate notional amount of $1,834.8 million and negative fair value of $24.9 million and interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges with an aggregate notional amount of $1,300.0 million and negative fair value of $26.8 million at September 30, 2006, did not qualify for hedge accounting. As a result, any fluctuation in the market value of the derivatives should have been recorded through the income statement with no corresponding offset to the hedged items, or accumulated other comprehensive income.

The cumulative effect of adjusting the reported carrying amount of the assets, liabilities and accumulated other comprehensive income at January 1, 2006, reduced total Shareholders’ Equity as follows:

 

     Gross
Impact
    Income Tax
Effect
    Shareholders’
Equity
 

Retained Earnings

   $ (53,471 )   $ 19,196     $ (34,275 )

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

     24,969       (8,739 )     16,230  
            

Total

       $ (18,045 )
            

 

70


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Previously reported net income and diluted earnings per share for the three months ended June 30, 2006 was reduced by $13,207 or $0.05 per diluted share, respectively and previously reported net income and diluted earnings per share for the three months ended March 31, 2006 was reduced by $13,696 or $0.06 per diluted share, respectively. The aggregate impact of the adjustments is summarized below:

 

As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2006

   Previously
Reported
    Adjustment    

As

Adjusted

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   $ 35,033,614     $ 43,079     $ 35,076,693  

Accrued interest and other assets

     1,683,034       (13,041 )     1,669,993  

Total deposits

     28,093,163       5,821       28,098,984  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,616,073       47,971       1,664,044  

Retained earnings

     4,002,008       (47,971 )     3,954,037  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of related taxes

     (43,742 )     24,217       (19,525 )

Net interest income

   $ 324,580     $ 553     $ 325,133  

Net derivative losses - discontinued hedges

     —         (21,345 )     (21,345 )

Other income

     33,410       (553 )     32,857  

Income before income taxes

     281,222       (21,345 )     259,877  

Provision for income taxes

     94,454       (7,649 )     86,805  

Net Income

     186,768       (13,696 )     173,072  

Net income per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.79     $ (0.05 )   $ 0.74  

Diluted

     0.78       (0.06 )     0.72  

 

As of and for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2006

   Previously
Reported
    Adjustment    

As

Adjusted

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   $ 40,230,299     $ 51,179     $ 40,281,478  

Accrued interest and other assets

     1,931,237       (15,941 )     1,915,296  

Total deposits

     32,957,792       5,634       32,963,426  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,449,603       61,178       1,510,781  

Retained earnings

     4,137,607       (61,178 )     4,076,429  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of related taxes

     (101,251 )     29,604       (71,647 )

Net interest income

   $ 374,057     $ 2,728     $ 376,785  

Net derivative losses - discontinued hedges

     —         (20,672 )     (20,672 )

Other income

     36,768       (2,727 )     34,041  

Income before income taxes

     303,121       (20,671 )     282,450  

Provision for income taxes

     99,372       (7,464 )     91,908  

Net Income

     203,749       (13,207 )     190,542  

Net income per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.81     $ (0.06 )   $ 0.75  

Diluted

     0.79       (0.05 )     0.74  

For the year ended December 31, 2006 the fluctuation in the market value of the derivatives that did not qualify for hedge accounting amounted to a loss of $18,449 and is reported as Net Derivative Losses – Discontinued Hedges in the Consolidated Statements of Income. All of the affected derivative financial instruments were terminated in 2006.

3. Adoption of Share-Based Payment Accounting Standard

Effective January 1, 2006, the Corporation adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”). SFAS 123(R) replaces FASB statement No.123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), and supercedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (“APBO 25”), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. SFAS 123(R) requires that compensation cost

 

71


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. That cost is measured based on the fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. SFAS 123(R) covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including share options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights, and employee share purchase plans. SFAS 123(R) also provides guidance on measuring the fair value of share-based payment awards.

In conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Corporation elected the Modified Retrospective Application method to implement this new accounting standard. Under this method all prior periods have been adjusted based on pro forma amounts previously disclosed under SFAS 123.

See Note 18 for a description of the Corporation’s share-based compensation plans.

4. Earnings Per Share

The following presents a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations (dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2006
     Income
(Numerator)
  

Average

Shares
(Denominator)

  

Per

Share
Amount

Basic earnings per share:

        

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 807,838    249,163    $ 3.24
            

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock option, restricted stock and other plans

     —      5,421   
              

Diluted earnings per share:

        

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 807,838    254,584    $ 3.17
            

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2005
     Income
(Numerator)
  

Average

Shares
(Denominator)

  

Per

Share
Amount

Basic earnings per share:

        

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 706,190    230,849    $ 3.06
            

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock option, restricted stock and other plans

     —      5,182   
              

Diluted earnings per share:

        

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 706,190    236,031    $ 2.99
            

 

72


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2004
     Income
(Numerator)
  

Average

Shares
(Denominator)

  

Per

Share
Amount

Basic earnings per share:

        

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 605,853    222,801    $ 2.72
            

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock option, restricted stock and other plans

     —      4,745   
              

Diluted earnings per share:

        

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 605,853    227,546    $ 2.66
            

Options to purchase shares of common stock not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares for the years ended December 31, are as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,

       Price Range    Shares

2006

   $45.71— $48.54    3,725

2005

     43.31—   47.02    62

2004

     39.91—   44.20    3,474

5. Business Combinations

The following acquisitions, which are not considered to be material business combinations individually or in the aggregate, were completed during 2006:

On September 1, 2006, Metavante completed the acquisition of VICOR, Inc. (“VICOR”) of Richmond, California. Total consideration in this transaction amounted to $75.1 million. VICOR is a provider of corporate payment processing software and solutions that simplify and automate the processing of complex payments for businesses and financial institutions. Initial goodwill, subject to the completion of appraisals and valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, amounted to $55.3 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated weighted average life of 7.0 years amounted to $17.3 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

On April 1, 2006, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation completed the acquisition of Gold Banc Corporation, Inc. (“Gold Banc”), a bank holding company headquartered in Leawood, Kansas, which offered commercial banking, retail banking, trust and asset management products and services through various subsidiaries. Gold Banc had consolidated assets of $4.2 billion at the time of the merger. Total consideration in this transaction, including the effect of terminating Gold Banc’s employee stock ownership plan, amounted to $716.2 million, consisting of 13,672,665 shares of M&I common stock valued at $601.0 million, the exchange of 119,816 vested options valued at $2.9 million and total cash consideration of $112.3 million. Gold Banc’s largest subsidiary, Gold Bank, a Kansas state-chartered bank, was merged with and into M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank on April 1, 2006, at which time, the 32 Gold Bank branch offices in Florida, Kansas, Missouri and Oklahoma became interstate branch offices of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank. Initial goodwill, subject to the completion of appraisals and valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, amounted to $493.5 million. Approximately $485.6 million of the goodwill was assigned to the Banking segment and the remainder was assigned to the Corporation’s Trust reporting unit. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (core deposits) with an estimated weighted average life of 5.0 years amounted to $44.1 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

On April 1, 2006, the Corporation completed the acquisition of St. Louis-based Trustcorp Financial, Inc. (“Trustcorp”). With the acquisition of Trustcorp, which had consolidated assets of $735.7 million at the time of the merger, the Corporation acquired Missouri State Bank and Trust Company, which provided commercial banking services in Missouri through seven bank locations. In July 2006, the Missouri State Bank and all of its branches were merged with and into Southwest Bank, the Corporation’s St. Louis-based banking affiliate. Total consideration in this transaction amounted to $182.0 million, consisting of 3,069,328 shares of M&I common stock valued at $134.9

 

73


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

million, the exchange of 412,317 vested options valued at $13.4 million and cash consideration of $33.7 million. Initial goodwill, subject to the completion of appraisals and valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, amounted to $130.4 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (core deposits) with an estimated weighted average life of 7.5 years amounted to $10.9 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are partially deductible for tax purposes.

On January 3, 2006, Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A., completed the acquisition of the trust and asset management business assets of FirstTrust Indiana of Indianapolis, Indiana, a division of First Indiana Bank, N.A. (“FirstTrust Indiana”). The total cash consideration was $15.9 million. Additional consideration up to $1.5 million may be paid over three years based on meeting certain business related performance criteria. FirstTrust Indiana offered asset management, trust administration and estate planning services to high net-worth individuals and institutional customers. Initial goodwill, subject to the completion of appraisals and valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, amounted to $13.4 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (trust customers) with an estimated weighted average life of 5.9 years amounted to $2.0 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are deductible for tax purposes.

On January 3, 2006, Metavante completed the acquisition of AdminiSource Corporation (“AdminiSource”) of Carrollton, Texas. AdminiSource is a provider of health care payment distribution services, providing printed and electronic payment and remittance advice distribution services for payer organizations nationwide. Total consideration in this transaction consisted of 527,864 shares of M&I common stock valued at $23.2 million and $5.0 million in cash. Initial goodwill, subject to the completion of appraisals and valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, amounted to $21.4 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 10 years amounted to $7.8 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

There was no in-process research and development acquired in any of the acquisitions completed by Metavante for the year ended December 31, 2006.

The following acquisitions, which are not considered to be material business combinations individually or in the aggregate, were completed during 2005:

On November 18, 2005, Metavante completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding stock of Link2Gov Corp. (“Link2Gov”) of Nashville, Tennessee for $63.5 million in cash. Link2Gov is a provider of electronic payment processing services for federal, state and local government agencies in the United States, including the Internal Revenue Service. Goodwill amounted to $47.6 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 10 years amounted to $17.9 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

On October 6, 2005, Metavante acquired the membership interests of Brasfield Holdings, LLC (“Brasfield”) and associated members. Brasfield of Birmingham, Alabama provides core processing products and services to community banks which license and use Bankway software from Kirchman Corporation, an indirect subsidiary of Metavante. Total consideration consisted of 335,462 shares of M&I’s common stock valued at $14.6 million and $0.2 million in cash, with up to an additional $25.0 million to be paid based on meeting certain performance criteria. Goodwill amounted to $22.5 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 9 years amounted to $4.0 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

On August 11, 2005, Metavante completed the acquisition of GHR Systems, Inc. (“GHR”) of Wayne, Pennsylvania for $63.6 million. Total consideration consisted of 1,152,144 shares of M&I’s common stock valued at $52.2 million and $11.4 million in cash. GHR provides loan origination technologies for the residential mortgage and consumer finance industries, offers point of sale products for any channel and comprehensive underwriting, processing and closing technologies. Goodwill amounted to $38.7 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 10 years amounted to $16.2 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

 

74


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

On August 8, 2005, Metavante completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of TREEV LLC (“TREEV”) of Herndon, Virginia for $19.4 million. Total consideration consisted of 353,073 shares of M&I’s common stock valued at $16.4 million and $3.0 million in cash. TREEV provides browser-based document imaging, storage and retrieval products and services for the financial services industry in both lending and deposit environments. TREEV would complement Metavante’s check-imaging products and services by providing solutions for document storage and retrieval, including electronic report storage. Goodwill amounted to $16.8 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 10 years amounted to $5.2 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

On July 22, 2005, Metavante completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Med-i-Bank, Inc. (“MBI”) of Waltham, Massachusetts for $150.5 million. Total consideration consisted of 2,850,730 shares of M&I’s common stock valued at $133.8 million and $16.7 million in cash. MBI provides electronic payment processing services for employee benefit and consumer-directed healthcare accounts, such as flexible spending accounts, health reimbursement arrangements and health savings account systems. Goodwill amounted to $119.3 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 10 years amounted to $26.1 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

In February 2005, Metavante completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding stock of Prime Associates, Inc. (“Prime”) of Clark, New Jersey, for $24.6 million. Total consideration consisted of 563,114 shares of M&I’s common stock valued at $24.0 million and $0.6 million in cash. Prime is a provider of anti-money laundering and fraud interdiction software and data products for financial institutions, insurance companies and securities firms. Additional consideration up to $4.0 million may be paid based upon attainment of certain earnings levels in the year ending December 31, 2005. Contingent payments, if made, would be reflected as adjustments to goodwill. Goodwill amounted to $24.6 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 10 years amounted to $4.6 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

There was no in-process research and development acquired in any of the acquisitions completed by Metavante for the year ended December 31, 2005.

The following acquisitions, which were not considered material business combinations individually or in the aggregate, were completed during 2004:

On November 22, 2004, Metavante completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding common stock of VECTORsgi Holdings, Inc. (“VECTORsgi”). VECTORsgi, based in Addison, Texas, is a provider of banking transaction applications, including electronic check-image processing and image exchange, item processing, dispute resolution and e-commerce for financial institutions and corporations. The aggregate cash purchase price for VECTORsgi was $100.0 million, with up to an additional $35.0 million to be paid based on meeting certain performance criteria. Goodwill amounted to $83.5 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 12 years amounted to $12.4 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

On October 20, 2004, Metavante acquired all of the outstanding membership interests of NuEdge Systems LLC (“NuEdge”) for approximately $1.4 million in cash. NuEdge is engaged in the business of providing customer relationship management solutions for enterprise marketing automation. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 8 years amounted to $1.4 million. The intangible resulting from this transaction is deductible for tax purposes.

On September 8, 2004, Metavante acquired certain assets of Response Data Corp. (“RDC”), for approximately $35.0 million in cash. RDC is a New Jersey-based provider of credit card balance transfer, bill pay and convenience check processing. Goodwill amounted to $26.4 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 10 years amounted to $6.4 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are deductible for tax purposes.

 

75


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

On July 30, 2004, Metavante completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding common stock of the NYCE Corporation (“NYCE”), for $613.0 million in cash, subject to certain adjustments that may include a return of a portion of the purchase price based on certain future revenue measures. NYCE owns and operates one of the largest electronic funds transfer networks in the United States and provides debit card authorization processing services for automated teller machines (ATMs) and on-line and off-line signature based debit card transactions. Goodwill amounted to $448.7 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships and trademark) with an estimated useful life of 20 years for both the customer relationships intangible and for the trademark intangible amounted to $185.0 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

On July 1, 2004, Metavante completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding common stock of Advanced Financial Solutions, Inc. and its affiliated companies (collectively “AFS”), of Oklahoma City, Oklahoma for $141.9 million in cash. AFS is a provider of image-based payment, transaction and document software technologies. AFS also operates an electronic check-clearing network through one of its affiliates. Additional contingent consideration may be paid based on the attainment of certain performance objectives each year, beginning on the date of closing and ending December 31, 2004, and each year thereafter through 2007. Contingent payments, if made, would be reflected as adjustments to goodwill. At December 31, 2006, goodwill amounted to $102.6 million. The estimated identifiable intangible assets to be amortized (customer relationships and non-compete agreements) with an estimated useful life of 12 years for customer relationships and 4 years for non-compete agreements, amounted to $21.5 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are partially deductible for tax purposes.

On May 27, 2004, Metavante completed the purchase of certain assets and the assumption of certain liabilities of Kirchman Corporation (“Kirchman”), of Orlando, Florida for $157.4 million in cash. Kirchman is a provider of automation software and compliance services to the banking industry. Goodwill amounted to $160.3 million. The estimated identifiable intangible assets to be amortized (customer relationships and non-compete agreements) with an estimated useful life of 10 years for customer relationships and 5 years for non-compete agreements amounted to $15.8 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are deductible for tax purposes.

There was no in-process research and development acquired in any of the acquisitions completed by Metavante for the year ended December 31, 2004.

On January 1, 2004, the Banking segment completed the purchase of certain assets and the assumption of certain liabilities of AmerUs Home Lending, Inc. (“AmerUs”), an Iowa-based corporation engaged in the business of brokering and servicing mortgage and home equity loans for $15.0 million in cash. Goodwill amounted to $5.3 million. The estimated identifiable intangible asset to be amortized (customer relationships) with an estimated useful life of 3 years amounted to $0.3 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are deductible for tax purposes.

The results of operations of the acquired entities have been included in the consolidated results since the dates the transactions were closed.

6. Cash and Due from Banks

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, $51,508 and $81,009, respectively, of cash and due from banks was restricted, primarily due to requirements of the Federal Reserve System to maintain certain reserve balances and certain cash received from Metavante clients is restricted and segregated into separate accounts.

 

76


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

7. Securities

The book and market values of selected securities at December 31 were:

 

     2006    2005
     Amortized
Cost
   Market
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Market
Value

Investment Securities Available for Sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 5,521,975    $ 5,466,369    $ 4,456,610    $ 4,379,148

States and political subdivisions

     806,887      824,015      690,849      703,892

Mortgage backed securities

     116,397      114,467      118,693      116,464

Other

     566,778      573,002      491,928      502,199
                           

Total

   $ 7,012,037    $ 6,977,853    $ 5,758,080    $ 5,701,703
                           

Investment Securities Held to Maturity:

           

States and political subdivisions

   $ 494,020    $ 506,417    $ 616,554    $ 636,135

Other

     1,500      1,492      2,000      2,000
                           

Total

   $ 495,520    $ 507,909    $ 618,554    $ 638,135
                           

The unrealized gains and losses of selected securities at December 31 were:

 

     2006    2005
     Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses

Investment Securities Available for Sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 15,291    $ 70,897    $ 4,263    $ 81,725

States and political subdivisions

     18,584      1,456      18,010      4,967

Mortgage backed securities

     4      1,934      —        2,229

Other

     6,288      64      10,743      472
                           

Total

   $ 40,167    $ 74,351    $ 33,016    $ 89,393
                           

Investment Securities Held to Maturity:

           

States and political subdivisions

   $ 12,401    $ 4    $ 19,610    $ 29

Other

     —        8      —        —  
                           

Total

   $ 12,401    $ 12    $ 19,610    $ 29
                           

The book value and market value of selected securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2006 were:

 

    

Investment Securities

Available for Sale

  

Investment Securities

Held to Maturity

     Amortized
Cost
   Market
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Market
Value

Within one year

   $ 1,407,612    $ 1,394,618    $ 101,367    $ 102,020

From one through five years

     3,379,060      3,352,037      165,494      169,344

From five through ten years

     1,175,421      1,169,767      153,440      158,523

After ten years

     1,049,944      1,061,431      75,219      78,022
                           

Total

   $ 7,012,037    $ 6,977,853    $ 495,520    $ 507,909
                           

 

77


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The following table provides the gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2006:

 

     Less than 12 Months    12 Months or More    Total
     Fair Value    Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value    Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value    Unrealized
Losses

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 422,638    $ 1,667    $ 3,160,890    $ 69,230    $ 3,583,528    $ 70,897

State and political subdivisions

     83,509      400      67,513      1,060      151,022      1,460

Mortgage backed securities

     1,104      4      89,426      1,930      90,530      1,934

Other

     991      8      400      64      1,391      72
                                         

Total

   $  508,242    $  2,079    $  3,318,229    $  72,284    $  3,826,471    $  74,363
                                         

The investment securities in the above table were temporarily impaired at December 31, 2006. This temporary impairment represents the amount of loss that would have been realized if the investment securities had been sold on December 31, 2006. The temporary impairment in the investment securities portfolio is predominantly the result of increases in market interest rates since the investment securities were acquired and not from deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer. At December 31, 2006, the Corporation had the ability and intent to hold these temporarily impaired investment securities until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity.

The following table provides the gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2005:

 

     Less than 12 Months    12 Months or More    Total
     Fair Value   

Unrealized

Losses

   Fair Value   

Unrealized

Losses

   Fair Value   

Unrealized

Losses

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 2,782,907    $ 44,829    $ 1,202,390    $ 36,896    $ 3,985,297    $ 81,725

State and political subdivisions

     201,436      3,249      49,171      1,747      250,607      4,996

Mortgage backed securities

     78,900      1,247      37,564      982      116,464      2,229

Other

     57,568      386      4,276      86      61,844      472
                                         

Total

   $ 3,120,811    $ 49,711    $ 1,293,401    $ 39,711    $ 4,414,212    $ 89,422
                                         

The gross investment securities gains and losses, including Wealth Management transactions, amounted to $15,810 and $6,205 in 2006, $48,012 and $2,598 in 2005, and $44,008 and $8,656 in 2004, respectively. See the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the proceeds from the sale of investment securities.

Income tax expense related to net securities transactions amounted to $3,428, $15,901, and $12,373 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, securities with a value of approximately $1,177,900 were pledged to secure public deposits, short-term borrowings, and for other purposes required by law.

 

78


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

8. Loans and Leases

Loans and leases at December 31 were:

 

     2006     2005  

Commercial, financial and agricultural

   $ 12,050,963     $ 9,599,361  

Cash flow hedging instruments at fair value

     (2,773 )     (33,886 )
                

Commercial, financial and agricultural

     12,048,190       9,565,475  

Real estate:

    

Construction

     6,088,206       3,641,942  

Residential mortgage

     6,328,478       5,050,803  

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     4,342,362       4,833,480  

Commercial mortgage

     10,965,607       8,825,104  
                

Total Real Estate

     27,724,653       22,351,329  

Personal

     1,458,594       1,617,761  

Lease financing

     703,580       632,348  
                

Total loans and leases

   $ 41,935,017     $ 34,166,913  
                

Included in residential mortgages in the table previously presented are residential mortgage loans held for sale. Residential mortgage loans held for sale amounted to $139,301 and $198,716 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Auto loans held for sale, which are included in personal loans in the table previously presented, amounted to $83,434 and $79,131 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Student loans held for sale, which are included in personal loans were $77,942 at December 31, 2006.

Commercial loans and commercial mortgages are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval and are regularly reviewed for any possible deterioration in the ability of the borrower to repay the loan.

The Corporation evaluates the credit risk of each commercial customer on an individual basis and, where deemed appropriate, collateral is obtained. Collateral varies by the type of loan and individual loan customer and may include accounts receivable, inventory, real estate, equipment, deposits, personal and government guarantees, and general security agreements. The Corporation’s access to collateral is dependent upon the type of collateral obtained.

Policies have been established that set standards for the maximum commercial mortgage loan amount by type of property, loan terms, pricing structures, loan-to-value limits by property type, minimum requirements for initial investment and maintenance of equity by the borrower, borrower net worth, property cash flow and debt service coverage as well as policies and procedures for granting exceptions to established underwriting standards.

The Corporation’s residential real estate lending policies require all loans to have viable repayment sources. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of these repayment sources at the time of approval, using such factors as credit scores, debt-to-income ratios and collateral values. Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally governed by the same lending policies.

Origination activities for commercial construction loans and residential construction loans are similar to those described above for commercial mortgages and residential real estate lending.

The Corporation’s lending activities are concentrated primarily in the Midwest. Based on the customer’s location, or for real estate loans, where the underlying collateral is located, approximately 41% of the portfolio consists of loans located in Wisconsin, 17% of loans located in Arizona, 9% of loans located in Minnesota, 8% of loans located in Missouri and 5% of loans located in Florida. The Corporation’s loan portfolio consists of business loans extending across many industry types, as well as loans to individuals. As of December 31, 2006, total loans to any group of customers engaged in similar activities and having similar economic characteristics, as defined by the North American Industry Classification System, did not exceed 10% of total loans.

 

79


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Federal banking regulatory agencies have established guidelines in the form of supervisory limits for loan- to-value ratios (“LTV”) in real estate lending. The supervisory limits are based on the type of real estate collateral and loan type (1-4 family residential and non-residential). The guidelines permit financial institutions to grant or purchase loans with LTV ratios in excess of the supervisory LTV limits (“High LTV or HLTV”) provided such exceptions are supported by appropriate documentation or the loans have additional credit support. Federal banking regulatory agencies have also established aggregate limits on the amount of HLTV loans a financial institution may hold. HLTV loans as defined by the supervisory limits, amounted to $3,822 million at December 31, 2006. Approximately $2,110 million of these HLTV loans at December 31, 2006 were secured by owner-occupied residential properties. At December 31, 2006, all of the Corporation’s banking affiliates were in compliance with the aggregate limits for HLTV loans.

Federal banking regulatory agencies have expressed concerns that concentrations of loans secured by raw land, land development and construction (including 1-4 family residential construction), multi-family property and non-farm nonresidential property where the primary or a significant source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property or the proceeds of the sale, refinancing or permanent financing of the property may make financial institutions more vulnerable to cyclical real estate markets. Loans secured by residential vacant land represents 10% of total real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2006. Loans secured by commercial vacant land represents 3% of total real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2006. Loans secured by multi-family properties represents 13% of total real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2006. Loans secured by non-farm nonresidential properties amounted to $6,620 million with approximately 44% of those loans secured by owner-occupied properties at December 31, 2006. Loans secured by owner-occupied properties generally have risk profiles that are less influenced by the condition of the general real estate market.

The Corporation offers a variety of loan products with payment terms and rate structures that have been designed to meet the needs of its customers within an established framework of acceptable credit risk. Payment terms range from fully amortizing loans that require periodic principal and interest payments to terms that require periodic payments of interest-only with principal due at maturity. Interest-only loans are typical in commercial and business line-of-credit or revolving line-of-credit loans, home equity lines-of-credit and construction and land development loans (residential and commercial). At December 31, 2006, the Corporation did not have loans with below market or so-called teaser interest rates. At December 31, 2006, the Corporation did not offer, hold or service option adjustable rate mortgages that may expose the borrowers to future increase in repayments in excess of changes resulting solely from increases in the market rate of interest (loans subject to negative amortization).

The Corporation periodically reviews the residual values associated with its leasing portfolios. Declines in residual values that are judged to be other than temporary are recognized as a loss resulting in a reduction in the net investment in the lease. No residual impairment losses were incurred for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

An analysis of loans outstanding to directors and officers, including their related interests, of the Corporation and its significant subsidiaries for 2006 is presented in the following table. All of these loans were made in the ordinary course of business with normal credit terms, including interest rates and collateral. The beginning balance has been adjusted to reflect the activity of newly-appointed directors and executive officers.

Loans to directors and executive officers:

 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 142,790  

New loans

     542,066  

Repayments

     (531,534 )
        

Balance, end of year

   $ 153,322  
        

 

80


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

9. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

An analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses follows:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 363,769     $ 358,110     $ 349,561  

Allowance of loans and leases acquired

     45,258       —         27  

Provision charged to expense

     50,551       44,795       37,963  

Charge-offs

     (55,430 )     (59,524 )     (50,855 )

Recoveries

     16,462       20,388       21,414  
                        

Balance, end of year

   $ 420,610     $ 363,769     $ 358,110  
                        

As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, nonaccrual loans and leases totaled $264,890 and $134,718, respectively.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005 the Corporation’s recorded investment in impaired loans and leases and the related valuation allowance are as follows:

 

     2006    2005
    

Recorded
Invest-

ment

   

Valuation
Allow-

ance

   Recorded
Invest-
ment
   

Valuation
Allow-

ance

Total impaired loans and leases

   $ 265,015        $ 134,861    

Loans and leases excluded from individual evaluation

     (85,157 )        (61,090 )  
                     

Impaired loans evaluated

   $ 179,858        $ 73,771    
                     

Valuation allowance required

   $ 76,557     $ 24,175    $ 50,113     $ 18,235

No valuation allowance required

     103,301       —        23,658       —  
                             

Impaired loans evaluated

   $ 179,858     $ 24,175    $ 73,771     $ 18,235
                             

The recorded investment in impaired loans for which no allowance is required is net of applications of cash interest payments and net of previous direct write-downs of $34,655 in 2006 and $31,505 in 2005 against the loan balances outstanding. Loans less than $250 are excluded from individual evaluation, but are collectively evaluated as homogeneous pools. The required valuation allowance is included in the allowance for loan and lease losses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The average recorded investment in total impaired loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 amounted to $203,014 and $135,584, respectively.

Interest payments received on impaired loans and leases are recorded as interest income unless collection of the remaining recorded investment is doubtful at which time payments received are recorded as reductions of principal. Interest income recognized on total impaired loans and leases amounted to $14,099 in 2006, $8,528 in 2005 and $6,591 in 2004. The gross income that would have been recognized had such loans and leases been performing in accordance with their original terms would have been $12,871 in 2006, $10,954 in 2005 and $10,047 in 2004.

10. Variable Interest Entities and Financial Asset Sales

The Corporation sells indirect automobile loans to an unconsolidated multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduit or basic term facilities, in securitization transactions in accordance with SFAS 140. Servicing responsibilities and subordinated interests are retained. The Corporation receives annual servicing fees based on the loan balances outstanding and rights to future cash flows arising after investors in the securitization trusts have received their contractual return and after certain administrative costs of operating the trusts. The investors and the securitization trusts have no recourse to the Corporation’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. The

 

81


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Corporation’s retained interests are subordinate to investors’ interests. Their value is subject to credit, prepayment and interest rate risks on the transferred financial assets.

During 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Corporation recognized net losses of $119, $1,957 and $3,440, respectively, on the sale and securitization of automobile loans. Net trading gains/(losses) associated with related interest swaps amounted to $31, ($1,078) and ($357) in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

Net gains associated with the retained interests, held in the form of interest-only strips amounted to $866 in 2006 and $1,009 in 2005 and are included in net investment securities gains in the Consolidated Statements of Income. During 2006, the Corporation realized $4,021 in gains that were offset by impairment losses of $3,155. There were no impairment losses in 2005. The gains realized in 2006 and 2005 resulted from the excess of cash received over the carrying amount of certain interest-only strips. The impairment in 2006 was a result of the differences between the actual credit losses experienced compared to the expected credit losses used in measuring certain interest-only strips. Those impairments were deemed to be other than temporary. There were no gains or impairment losses in 2004.

The values of retained interests are based on cash flow models, which incorporate key assumptions. Key economic assumptions used in measuring the retained interests at the date of securitization resulting from securitizations of automobile loans completed during the year were as follows (rate per annum):

 

     2006   2005

Prepayment speed (CPR)

   15-42%   15-40%

Weighted average life (in months)

   20.9   21.2

Expected credit losses (based on original balance)

   0.36-1.32%   0.22-0.74%

Residual cash flow discount rate

   12.0%   12.0%

Variable returns to transferees

   Forward one month LIBOR yield curve

For 2006, the prepayment speed and expected credit loss estimates are based on historical prepayment rates, credit losses on similar assets and consider current environmental factors. The prepayment speed curve ramps to its maximum near the end of the fourth year. The expected credit losses are based in part on whether the loan is on a new or used vehicle. Estimates of net credit losses reach their peak levels at various points during year five. The expected credit losses presented are based on the original loan balances of the loans securitized. The Corporation has not changed any aspect of its overall approach to determining the key economic assumptions. However, on an ongoing basis the Corporation continues to refine the assumptions used in measuring retained interests.

Retained interests and other assets consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2006    2005

Interest – only strips

   $ 14,898    $ 10,659

Cash collateral accounts

     19,217      15,050

Servicing advances

     208      237
             

Total retained interests

   $ 34,323    $ 25,946
             

At December 31, 2006 key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of residual cash flows to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows ($ in millions):

 

        

Adverse Change

in Assumptions

         10%    20%

Weighted average life of collateral (in months)

   18.0     

Prepayment speed

   16-42%   $ 0.7    $ 1.6

Expected credit losses (based on original balance)

   0.22-1.66%     0.9      1.8

Residual cash flows discount rate (annual)

   12.0%     0.2      0.3

 

82


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent adverse variation in assumptions generally can not be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption. Realistically, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

Actual and projected net credit losses represented 0.84% of total automobile loans that have been securitized at December 31, 2006, based on original balances at the time of the initial securitization.

The following table summarizes certain cash flows received from and paid to the securitization entities for the years ended December 31:

 

     2006     2005  

Proceeds from new securitizations

   $ 526,236     $ 498,858  

Servicing fees received

     6,105       5,765  

Net charge-offs

     (4,871 )     (2,489 )

Cash collateral account transfers, net

     4,167       (2,919 )

Other cash flows received on retained interests, net

     11,393       17,385  

At December 31, 2006 securitized automobile loans and other automobile loans managed together with them along with delinquency and credit loss information consisted of the following:

 

     Securitized    Portfolio    Managed

Loan balances

   $ 948,193    $ 165,649    $ 1,113,842

Principal amounts of loans 60 days or more past due

     3,477      568      4,045

Net credit losses

     5,440      1,291      6,731

The Corporation also sells, from time to time, debt securities classified as available for sale that are highly rated to an unconsolidated bankruptcy remote qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”) whose activities are limited to issuing highly rated asset-backed commercial paper with maturities up to 180 days which is used to finance the purchase of the investment securities. The Corporation provides liquidity back-up in the form of Liquidity Purchase Agreements. In addition, the Corporation acts as counterparty to interest rate swaps that enable the QSPE to hedge its interest rate risk. Such swaps are designated as trading in the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

A subsidiary of the Corporation has entered into interest rate swaps with the QSPE designed to counteract the interest rate risk associated with third party beneficial interest (commercial paper) and the transferred assets. The beneficial interests in the form of commercial paper have been issued by the QSPE to parties other than the Corporation and its subsidiary or any other affiliates. The notional amounts do not exceed the amount of beneficial interests. The swap agreements do not provide the QSPE or its administrative agent any decision-making authority other than those specified in the standard ISDA Master Agreement.

Highly rated investment securities in the amount of $358.9 million and $270.0 million were outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, in the QSPE to support the outstanding commercial paper.

The Corporation also holds other variable interests in variable interest entities.

The Corporation is committed to community reinvestment and is required under federal law to take affirmative steps to meet the credit needs of the local communities it serves. The Corporation regularly invests in or lends to entities that: own residential facilities that provide housing for low-to-moderate income families (affordable housing projects); own commercial properties that are involved in historical preservations (rehabilitation projects); or provide funds for qualified low income community investments. These projects are generally located within the geographic markets served by the Corporation’s Banking segment. The Corporation’s involvement in these entities

 

83


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

is limited to providing funding in the form of subordinated debt or equity interests. At December 31, 2006, investments in the form of subordinated debt represented an insignificant involvement in seven unrelated entities.

Generally, the economic benefit from the equity investments consists of the income tax benefits obtained from the Corporation’s allocated operating losses from the partnership that are tax deductible, allocated income tax credits for projects that qualify under the Internal Revenue Code and in some cases, participation in the proceeds from the eventual disposition of the property. The Corporation uses the equity method of accounting to account for these investments. To the extent a project qualifies for income tax credits, the project must continue to qualify as an affordable housing project for fifteen years, a rehabilitation project for five years, or a qualified low income community investment for seven years in order to avoid recapture of the income tax credit which generally defines the time the Corporation will be involved in a project.

The Corporation’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these entities is generally limited to the carrying value of these investments plus any unfunded commitments on projects that are not completed. At December 31, 2006, the aggregate carrying value of the subordinated debt and equity investments was $33,118 and the amount of unfunded commitments outstanding was $16,920.

11. Premises and Equipment

The composition of premises and equipment at December 31 was:

 

     2006    2005

Land

   $ 110,036    $ 90,834

Building and leasehold improvements

     581,664      493,655

Furniture and equipment

     542,499      533,728
             
     1,234,199      1,118,217

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     662,562      627,530
             

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 571,637    $ 490,687
             

Depreciation expense was $83,290 in 2006, $76,477 in 2005, and $71,489 in 2004.

The Corporation leases certain of its facilities and equipment. Rent expense under such operating leases was $87,473 in 2006, $80,195 in 2005, and $70,644 in 2004, respectively.

The future minimum lease payments under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of one year for 2007 through 2011 are $40,257, $34,206, $28,221, $24,137, and $18,031, respectively.

12. Goodwill and Intangibles

SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets adopts an aggregate view of goodwill and bases the accounting for goodwill on the units of the combined entity into which an acquired entity is integrated (those units are referred to as Reporting Units). A Reporting Unit is an operating segment as defined in SFAS 131 or one level below an operating segment.

SFAS 142 provides specific guidance for testing goodwill and intangible assets that are not amortized for impairment. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a Reporting Unit. The first step is a screen for potential impairment and the second step measures the amount of impairment, if any. Intangible assets that are not amortized are also tested annually.

With the assistance of a nationally recognized independent appraisal firm, the Corporation has elected to perform its annual test for goodwill impairment during the second quarter. Accordingly, the Corporation updated the analysis to June 30, 2006 and concluded that there continues to be no impairment with respect to goodwill at any reporting unit.

 

84


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

 

     Banking     Metavante     Others    Total  

Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2004

   $ 815,086     $ 978,418     $ 5,412    $ 1,798,916  

Goodwill acquired during the period

     —         273,610       —        273,610  

Purchase accounting adjustments

     (5,710 )     20,011       2,392      16,693  
                               

Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2005

     809,376       1,272,039       7,804      2,089,219  

Goodwill acquired during the period

     615,942       76,693       21,251      713,886  

Purchase accounting adjustments

     (121 )     (18,456 )     1      (18,576 )
                               

Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2006

   $ 1,425,197     $ 1,330,276     $ 29,056    $ 2,784,529  
                               

Purchase accounting adjustments are the adjustments to the initial goodwill recorded at the time an acquisition is completed. Such adjustments generally consist of adjustments to the assigned fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed resulting from the completion of appraisals or other valuations, adjustments to initial estimates recorded for transaction costs or exit liabilities, if any, contingent consideration when paid or received from escrow arrangements at the end of a contractual contingency period and the reduction of goodwill allocated to sale transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2006, purchase accounting adjustments for the Banking segment represent a reduction in goodwill allocated to a branch divestiture. Purchase accounting adjustments for Metavante represents adjustments to initial estimates of fair value associated with the acquisitions of GHR Systems, Inc., Brasfield Corporation, AdminiSource, Med-i-Bank, Inc., Link2Gov Corp., TREEV LLC, and NYCE Corporation and its affiliated companies. In addition, purchase accounting adjustments for Metavante include the effect of a $5.0 million earnout associated with Brasfield Corporation. During 2006, Metavante received $29.9 million as a return of purchase price associated with the NYCE acquisition.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, purchase accounting adjustments for the Banking segment represent adjustments relating to the resolution of tax issues resulting from the acquisitions of National City Bancorporation, Richfield State Agency, Inc. and Mississippi Valley Bancshares, Inc. Purchase accounting adjustments for the Banking segment also include a reduction of goodwill allocated to branch divestitures. Purchase accounting adjustments for Metavante represent adjustments to the initial estimates of fair value associated with the acquisitions of Kirchman Corporation, Advanced Financial Solutions, Inc. and its affiliated companies, NYCE Corporation, Response Data Corp., NuEdge Systems LLC and VECTORsgi Holdings, Inc. In addition, purchase accounting adjustments for Metavante include the effect of $22.5 million of contingent consideration associated with the Printing For Systems, Inc. acquisition. Purchase accounting adjustments for the Others include the effect of a contingent payment made for an acquisition made by the Corporation’s Trust subsidiary, net of the reduction of goodwill allocated to the sale of two small Trust business lines.

The Corporation’s other intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2006:

 

    

Gross

Carrying

Value

  

Accumulated
Amortiza-

tion

  

Net

Carrying
Value

  

Weighted
Average
Amortiza-
tion

Period

(Yrs)

Other intangible assets:

           

Core deposit intangible

   $ 207,805    $ 96,002    $ 111,803    6.1

Data processing contract rights/customer lists

     360,186      58,886      301,300    15.0

Trust customers

     6,750      1,930      4,820    8.0

Tradename

     8,000      967      7,033    20.0

Other intangibles

     1,250      690      560    4.6
                         
   $ 583,991    $ 158,475    $ 425,516    13.5
                         

Mortgage loan servicing rights

         $ 2,057   
               

 

85


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The Corporation’s other intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2005:

 

    

Gross

Carrying

Value

  

Accumulated
Amortiza-

tion

  

Net

Carrying

Value

  

Weighted

Average

Amortiza-

tion

Period

(Yrs)

Other intangible assets:

           

Core deposit intangible

   $ 152,816    $ 79,616    $ 73,200    6.3

Data processing contract rights/customer lists

     317,223      32,832      284,391    15.9

Trust customers

     4,750      1,229      3,521    6.8

Tradename

     8,275      750      7,525    19.4

Other intangibles

     1,250      414      836    4.6
                         
   $ 484,314    $ 114,841    $ 369,473    12.8
                         

Mortgage loan servicing rights

         $ 2,769   
               

Amortization expense of other acquired intangible assets amounted to $43,908, $29,453 and $24,926 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Amortization of mortgage servicing rights was $1,465, $1,650 and $2,926 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets and mortgage loan servicing rights for the next five years are:

 

2007

   $ 45,679

2008

     42,070

2009

     39,467

2010

     37,395

2011

     35,887

Mortgage loan servicing rights are subject to the prepayment risk inherent in the underlying loans that are being serviced. The actual remaining life could be significantly different due to actual prepayment experience in future periods.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, none of the Corporation’s other intangible assets were determined to have indefinite lives.

13. Deposits

The composition of deposits at December 31 was:

 

     2006     2005  

Noninterest bearing demand

   $ 6,112,362     $ 5,525,019  

Savings and NOW

     12,081,260       10,462,831  

Cash flow hedge — Brokered MMDA

     —         (5,326 )
                

Total Savings and NOW

     12,081,260       10,457,505  

CDs $100,000 and over

     7,841,499       5,652,359  

Cash flow hedge – Institutional CDs

     (970 )     (13,767 )
                

Total CDs $100,000 and over

     7,840,529       5,638,592  

Other time deposits

     4,821,233       3,434,476  

Foreign deposits

     3,228,998       2,618,629  
                

Total deposits

   $ 34,084,382     $ 27,674,221  
                

 

86


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, brokered deposits amounted to $5,411 million and $4,892 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, the scheduled maturities for CDs $100,000 and over, other time deposits, and foreign deposits were:

 

2007

   $  12,945,528

2008

     880,462

2009

     646,281

2010

     180,309

2011 and thereafter

     1,239,150
      

Total

   $ 15,891,730
      

14. Short-term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings at December 31 were:

 

     2006    2005

Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements

   $ 2,838,618    $ 2,325,863

Cash flow hedge – Federal funds

     138      1,394
             

Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements

     2,838,756      2,327,257

U.S. Treasury demand notes

     36,721      306,564

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) notes payable

     200,000      —  

Commercial paper

     521,549      380,551

Other

     12,275      5,597
             

Subtotal

     3,609,301      3,019,969

Current maturities of long-term borrowings

     2,815,829      2,606,765
             

Total short-term borrowings

   $ 6,425,130    $ 5,626,734
             

At December 31, 2006, the Corporation did not have any unused lines of credit. Unused lines of credit, primarily to support commercial paper borrowings, was $75.0 million at December 31, 2005.

 

87


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

15. Long-term Borrowings

Long-term borrowings at December 31 were:

 

     2006     2005  

Corporation:

    

Medium-term notes Series E, F and MiNotes

   $ 468,118     $ 423,796  

4.375% senior notes

     598,532       598,007  

3.90% junior subordinated debt securities

     397,052       396,014  

7.65% junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures

     199,355       204,983  

5.80% junior subordinated debt securities

     15,270       —    

Floating rate junior subordinated debt securities

     30,831       —    

6.00% junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures

     37,651       —    

10.60% junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures

     16,901       —    

Floating rate subordinated notes

     34,515       —    

Subsidiaries:

    

Borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB):

    

Floating rate advances

     1,410,000       1,220,000  

Cash flow hedge

     (6,235 )     (21,847 )
                

Floating rate advances

     1,403,765       1,198,153  

Fixed rate advances

     1,022,225       700,946  

Senior bank notes:

    

Floating rate bank notes

     1,623,913       723,818  

Cash flow hedge

     2,262       (1,168 )
                

Floating rate bank notes

     1,626,175       722,650  

Fixed rate bank notes

     2,110,444       1,859,858  

Senior bank notes — Amortizing bank notes

     109,006       145,301  

Senior bank notes — EXLs

     —         249,995  

Senior bank notes — Extendible Monthly Securities

     499,813       499,803  

Senior bank notes — Puttable Reset Securities

     1,000,126       1,000,480  

Subordinated bank notes

     1,270,375       1,269,410  

Nonrecourse notes

     1,620       3,505  

9.75% obligation under capital lease due through 2006

     —         457  

Other

     210       2,077  
                

Total long-term borrowing including current maturities

     10,841,984       9,275,435  

Less current maturities

     2,815,829       2,606,765  
                

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 8,026,155     $ 6,668,670  
                

At December 31, 2006, Series E notes outstanding amounted to $80,000 with fixed rates of 4.50% to 5.02%. Series E notes outstanding mature at various times and amounts through 2023. In May 2002, the Corporation filed a prospectus supplement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to issue up to $500 million of medium-term MiNotes. The MiNotes, issued in minimum denominations of one-thousand dollars or integral multiples of one-thousand dollars, may have maturities ranging from nine months to 30 years and may be at fixed or floating rates. At December 31, 2006, MiNotes outstanding amounted to $142,759 with fixed rates of 2.55% to 6.00%. MiNotes outstanding mature at various times through 2030. The Corporation has filed a shelf registration statement under which it may issue up to $569 million of medium-term Series F notes with maturities ranging from nine months to 30 years and at fixed or floating rates. At December 31, 2006 Series F notes outstanding amounted to $250,000 with a fixed rate of 5.35%. The Series F note matures in 2011.

The Corporation has filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission which will enable the Corporation to issue various securities, including debt securities, common stock, preferred stock, depositary shares, purchase contracts, units, warrants, and trust preferred securities, up to an aggregate amount of $3.0 billion. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, approximately $1.30 billion, respectively was available for future securities issuances.

 

88


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

During 2004, the Corporation issued $600 million of 4.375% senior notes. Interest is paid semi-annually and the notes mature on August 1, 2009.

During 2004, the Corporation, through its unconsolidated subsidiary, M&I Capital Trust B, issued 16,000,000 units of Common SPACESSM. Each unit has a stated value of $25 for an aggregate value of $400 million. Each Common SPACES consists of (i) a stock purchase contract under which the investor agrees to purchase for $25, a fraction of a share of the Corporation’s common stock on the stock purchase date and (ii) a 1/40, or 2.5%, undivided beneficial interest in a preferred security of M&I Capital Trust B, also referred to as the STACKSSM, with each share having an initial liquidation amount of $1,000. The stock purchase date is expected to be August 15, 2007, but could be deferred for quarterly periods until August 15, 2008. Holders of the STACKS are entitled to receive quarterly cumulative cash distributions through the stock purchase date fixed initially at an annual rate of 3.90% of the liquidation amount of $1,000 per STACKS. In addition, the Corporation will make quarterly contract payments under the stock purchase contract at the annual rate of 2.60% of the stated amount of $25 per stock purchase contract.

Concurrently with the issuance of the STACKS, M&I Capital Trust B invested the proceeds in junior subordinated debt securities that were issued by the Corporation. The subordinated debt, which represents the sole asset of M&I Capital Trust B bears interest at an initial annual rate of 3.90% payable quarterly and matures on August 15, 2038.

The interest payment provisions for the junior subordinated debt securities correspond to the distribution provisions of the STACKS and automatically reset to equal the distribution rate on the STACKS as and when the distribution rate on the STACKS is reset. In addition, the interest payment dates on the junior subordinated debt securities may be changed, and the maturity of the junior subordinated debt securities may be shortened in connection with a remarketing of the STACKS, in which case the distribution payment dates and final redemption date of the STACKS will automatically change as well.

The Corporation has the right to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debt securities at any time or from time to time. The Corporation may not defer interest payments for any period of time that exceeds five years with respect to any deferral period or that extends beyond the stated final maturity date of the junior subordinated debt securities. As a consequence of the Corporation’s extension of the interest payment period, distributions on the STACKS would be deferred. In the event the Corporation exercises its right to extend an interest payment period, the Corporation is prohibited from paying dividends or making any distributions on, or redeeming, purchasing, acquiring or making a liquidation payment with respect to, shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

The junior subordinated debt securities are junior in right of payment to all present and future senior indebtedness of the Corporation. The Corporation may elect at any time effective on or after the stock purchase date, including in connection with a remarketing of the STACKS, that the Corporation’s obligations under the junior subordinated debt securities and under the Corporation’s guarantee of the STACKS shall be senior obligations instead of subordinated obligations.

M&I Capital Trust B is a 100% owned unconsolidated finance subsidiary of the Corporation. The Corporation has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the securities that M&I Capital Trust B has issued.

The junior subordinated debt securities qualify as “Tier 1” capital for regulatory capital purposes.

In December 1996, the Corporation formed M&I Capital Trust A, which issued $200 million in liquidation or principal amount of cumulative preferred capital securities. Holders of the capital securities are entitled to receive cumulative cash distributions at an annual rate of 7.65% payable semiannually.

Concurrently with the issuance of the capital securities, M&I Capital Trust A invested the proceeds, together with the consideration paid by the Corporation for the common interest in M&I Capital Trust A, in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (“subordinated debt”) issued by the Corporation. The subordinated debt, which represents the sole asset of M&I Capital Trust A, bears interest at an annual rate of 7.65% payable semiannually and matures on December 1, 2026.

 

89


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The subordinated debt is junior in right of payment to all present and future senior indebtedness of the Corporation. The Corporation may redeem the subordinated debt in whole or in part at any time on or after December 1, 2006 at specified call premiums, and at par on or after December 1, 2016. In addition, in certain circumstances the subordinated debt may be redeemed at par upon the occurrence of certain events. The Corporation’s right to redeem the subordinated debt is subject to regulatory approval.

The Corporation has the right, subject to certain conditions, to defer payments of interest on the subordinated debt for extension periods, each period not exceeding ten consecutive semiannual periods. As a consequence of the Corporation’s extension of the interest payment period, distributions on the capital securities would be deferred. In the event the Corporation exercises its right to extend an interest payment period, the Corporation is prohibited from making dividend or any other equity distributions during such extension period.

M&I Capital Trust A is a 100% owned unconsolidated finance subsidiary of the Corporation. The Corporation has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the securities that M&I Capital Trust A has issued.

The junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures qualify as “Tier 1” capital for regulatory capital purposes.

In conjunction with the acquisitions of Gold Banc and Trustcorp, the Corporation acquired all of the common interests in four Trusts that issued cumulative preferred capital securities that are supported by junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures. These Trusts are 100% owned unconsolidated finance subsidiaries of the Corporation. The Corporation has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the securities that the Trusts have issued. The junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures qualify as “Tier 1” capital for regulatory capital purposes.

Gold Banc Trust III was formed in March 2004, and issued $16,000 of trust-preferred securities to institutional investors. Gold Banc Trust III used the proceeds from the issuance of the trust-preferred securities to purchase junior subordinated debt securities issued by the Company. The debentures mature on April 23, 2034, and may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, after April 23, 2009. The interest rate of the debentures is fixed at 5.80% for a five-year period through April 23, 2009. Thereafter, interest is at a floating rate equal to the three-month London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR’) plus 2.75%, adjustable quarterly. Interest is payable quarterly. The dividend rate on the trust-preferred securities is identical to the interest rate of the related junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.

Gold Banc Trust IV was formed in March 2004, and issued $30,000 of trust-preferred securities to institutional investors. Gold Banc Trust IV used the proceeds from the issuance of the trust-preferred securities to purchase floating rate junior subordinated debt securities issued by the Company. The debentures mature on April 7, 2034 and may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, after April 7, 2009. The interest rate of the debentures is a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 2.75%, adjustable quarterly. Interest is payable quarterly. The dividend rate on the trust-preferred securities is identical to the interest rate of the related junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.

Gold Banc Capital Trust V was formed in November 2004, and issued $38,000 of trust-preferred securities to institutional investors. Gold Banc Capital Trust V used the proceeds from the issuance of the trust-preferred securities to purchase junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by the Company. The debentures mature on December 15, 2034, and may be redeemed, at the option of the Company after December 15, 2009. The interest rate of the debentures is fixed at 6.00% for a five-year period through December 15, 2009. Thereafter, interest is at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 2.10%, adjustable quarterly. Interest is payable quarterly. The dividend rate on the trust-preferred securities is identical to the interest rate of the related junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.

Trustcorp Statutory Trust I was formed in August 2000, and issued $15,000 of 10.60% Cumulative Preferred Trust Securities. Trustcorp Statutory Trust I used the proceeds from the issuance of the cumulative preferred trust securities to purchase junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by the Company. The debentures mature on September 7, 2030. Interest is payable semi-annually. The dividend rate on the cumulative preferred trust securities is identical to the interest rate of the related junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.

 

90


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The Corporation’s floating rate subordinated-debt securities mature November 2011 and pay interest semiannually at a variable rate, based upon six-month LIBOR plus 3.75%.

Floating rate FHLB advances mature at various times between 2007 and 2013. The interest rate is reset monthly based on one-month LIBOR.

Fixed rate FHLB advances have interest rates, which range from 2.07% to 8.47% and mature at various times in 2006 through 2017.

The Corporation is required to maintain unencumbered first mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities such that the outstanding balance of FHLB advances does not exceed 85% (70% for multi-family) of the book value of this collateral. In addition, a portion of these advances are collateralized by all FHLB stock.

The floating rate senior bank notes have interest rates based on three-month LIBOR with a spread that ranges from a minus 0.015% to a plus 0.13%. Interest payments are quarterly. The floating rate senior bank notes outstanding mature at various times and amounts from 2007 to 2010.

The fixed rate senior bank notes have interest rates, which range from 2.63% to 5.52% and pay interest semi-annually. The fixed rate senior bank notes outstanding mature at various times and amounts from 2007 through 2017.

The senior bank notes – Amortizing have a maturity date of August 18, 2009. The senior bank notes pay interest semi-annually at a fixed coupon interest rate of 2.90%. In addition, principal in the amount of $18,182 is paid every coupon payment period beginning on August 18, 2004 and ending on August 18, 2009.

The senior bank notes – Extendible Liquidity Securities (“EXLs”) were indexed to one month LIBOR plus a stated spread. The EXLs matured in 2006.

The senior bank notes – Extendible Monthly Securities had an initial stated maturity date of December 15, 2006. The noteholders may elect to extend the maturity date through 2011. The interest rate is floating based upon LIBOR plus a contractually specified spread and reset monthly. The applicable spread to LIBOR is initially minus 0.02%, 0.00% in year two, and for the remaining term is LIBOR plus, 0.01% in year three, 0.03% in years four and five and 0.04% to maturity in 2011.

The senior bank notes – Puttable Reset Securities have a maturity date of December 15, 2016. However in certain circumstances, the notes will be put back to the issuing bank at par prior to final maturity. The notes are also subject to the exercise of a call option by a certain broker-dealer. Beginning December 15, 2003 and each December 15 thereafter until and including December 15, 2015, the broker-dealer has the right to purchase all of the outstanding notes from the noteholders at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes and then remarket the notes. However, if the broker-dealer does not purchase the notes on the aforementioned date(s), each holder of outstanding notes will be deemed to have put all of the holder’s notes to the issuing bank at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes and the notes will be completely retired. The current interest rate is 5.162% and, to the extent the notes are purchased and remarketed, the interest rate will reset each date the notes are remarketed, subject to a floor that is based on twelve-month LIBOR plus a credit spread. The call and put are considered clearly and closely related for purposes of recognition and measurement under SFAS 133. The fair value of the call option at December 31, 2006 and 2005, as determined by the holder of the call option, was approximately $41 million and $62 million, respectively.

The subordinated bank notes have fixed rates that range from 4.85% to 7.88% and mature at various times in 2010 through 2017. Interest is paid semi-annually. The subordinated bank notes qualify as “Tier 2” or supplementary capital for regulatory capital purposes.

 

91


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The nonrecourse notes are reported net of prepaid interest and represent borrowings by the commercial leasing subsidiary from banks and other financial institutions. These notes have a weighted average interest rate of 6.42% at December 31, 2006 and are due in installments over varying periods through 2009. Lease financing receivables at least equal to the amount of the notes are pledged as collateral.

Scheduled maturities of long-term borrowings are $1,503,289, $1,347,098, $819,084, and $1,819,998 for 2008 through 2011, respectively.

16. Shareholders’ Equity

The Corporation has 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized, of which the Board of Directors has designated 2,000,000 shares as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A”), with a $100 value per share for conversion and liquidation purposes. Series A is nonvoting preferred stock. The same cash dividends will be paid on Series A as would have been paid on the common stock exchanged for Series A. At December 31, 2006 and 2005 there were no shares of Series A outstanding.

During 2004, the Corporation and M&I Capital Trust B issued 16,000,000 units of Common SPACESSM. Each unit has a stated value of $25.00 for an aggregate value of $400.0 million. Each Common SPACES consists of (i) a stock purchase contract under which the investor agrees to purchase for $25, a fraction of a share of the Corporation’s common stock on the stock purchase date and (ii) a 1/40, or 2.5%, undivided beneficial interest in a preferred security of M&I Capital Trust B, also referred to as the STACKSSM, with each share having an initial liquidation amount of $1,000. The stock purchase date is expected to be August 15, 2007, but could be deferred for quarterly periods until August 15, 2008. Holders of the STACKS are entitled to receive quarterly cumulative cash distributions through the stock purchase date fixed initially at an annual rate of 3.90% of the liquidation amount of $1,000 per STACKS. In addition, the Corporation will make quarterly contract payments under the stock purchase contract at the annual rate of 2.60% of the stated amount of $25 per stock purchase contract.

The Corporation recognized the present value of the quarterly contract payments under the stock purchase contract as a liability with an offsetting reduction in Shareholders’ Equity. That liability along with the allocated portion of the fees and expenses incurred for the offering of Common SPACES resulted in a reduction in Shareholders’ Equity of $34,039 in 2004.

Each stock purchase contract underlying a Common SPACES obligates the investor to purchase on the stock purchase date for an amount in cash equal to the $25 stated amount of the Common SPACES, a number of shares of common stock equal to the settlement rate.

The settlement rate for each purchase contract will be set on August 15, 2007 (regardless of whether the stock purchase date is deferred beyond August 15, 2007). If the applicable market value (the average of the closing price per share of the Corporation’s common stock for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding August 15, 2007) of common stock is equal to or greater than $46.28, the settlement rate will be .5402 shares of common stock, which is equal to the stated amount divided by $46.28. If the applicable market value of common stock is less than $46.28 but greater than $37.32, the settlement rate will be a number of shares of common stock equal to $25 divided by the applicable market value. If the applicable market value of common stock is less than or equal to $37.32, the settlement rate will be 0.6699 which is equal to the stated amount divided by $37.32. The settlement rates are subject to adjustment, without duplication, upon the occurrence of certain anti-dilution events including adjustments for dividends paid above $0.21 per share (the dividend level at the time of the offering). The most recent quarterly dividend declared by the Company was $0.27 per share.

The Corporation estimates that it will issue approximately 8.7 million to 10.9 million common shares to settle shares issuable pursuant to the stock purchase contracts.

Holders of Common SPACES have pledged their ownership interests in the STACKS as collateral for the benefit of the Corporation to secure their obligations under the stock purchase contract. Holders of Common SPACES have the option to elect to substitute pledged treasury securities for the pledged ownership interests in the STACKS.

 

92


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The Corporation issues treasury common stock in conjunction with exercises of stock options and restricted stock, acquisitions, and conversions of convertible securities. Treasury shares are acquired from restricted stock forfeitures, shares tendered to cover tax withholding associated with stock option exercises and vesting of key restricted stock, mature shares tendered for stock option exercises in lieu of cash and open market purchases in accordance with the Corporation’s approved share repurchase program. The Corporation is currently authorized to repurchase up to 12 million shares per year. The Corporation repurchased 1.0 million shares with an aggregate cost of $41.8 million in 2006. There were no shares repurchased in accordance with the approved plan during 2005.

During 2005, the Corporation entered into an equity distribution agreement that is described in the Prospectus Supplement dated October 17, 2005. The proceeds from these issuances will be used for general corporate purposes, including maintaining capital at desired levels. Under the equity distribution agreement, the Corporation may offer and sell up to 3.5 million shares of its common stock from time to time through certain designated sales agents. However, the Corporation will not sell more than the number of shares of its common stock necessary for the aggregate gross proceeds from such sales to reach $150.0 million. No sales occurred during the year ended December 31, 2006. During 2005, the Corporation issued 155,000 shares of its common stock. The net proceeds from the sale amounted to $6,651.

The Corporation sponsors a deferred compensation plan for its non-employee directors and the non-employee directors and advisory board members of its affiliates. Participants may elect to have their deferred fees used to purchase M&I common stock with dividend reinvestment. Such shares will be distributed to plan participants in accordance with the plan provisions. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, 607,973 and 611,318 shares of M&I common stock, respectively, were held in a grantor trust. The aggregate cost of such shares is included in Deferred Compensation as a reduction of Shareholders’ Equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and amounted to $17,241 at December 31, 2006 and $16,759 at December 31, 2005.

During 2003, the Corporation amended its deferred compensation plan for its non-employee directors and selected key employees to permit participants to defer the gain from the exercise of nonqualified stock options. In addition, the gain upon vesting of restricted common stock to participating executive officers may be deferred. Shares of M&I common stock, which represent the aggregate value of the gains deferred are maintained in a grantor trust with dividend reinvestment. Such shares will be distributed to plan participants in accordance with the plan provisions. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, 540,498 and 451,923 shares of M&I common stock, respectively, were held in the grantor trust. The aggregate cost of such shares is included in Deferred Compensation as a reduction of Shareholders’ Equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and amounted to $23,369 at December 31, 2006 and $18,724 at December 31, 2005.

In conjunction with previous acquisitions, the Corporation assumed certain deferred compensation and nonqualified retirement plans for former directors and executive officers of acquired companies. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, 30,657 and 59,796 common shares of M&I stock, respectively, were maintained in a grantor trust with such shares to be distributed to plan participants in accordance with the provisions of the plans. The aggregate cost of such shares of $689 and $1,272 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, is included in Deferred Compensation as a reduction of Shareholders’ Equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Federal banking regulatory agencies have established capital adequacy rules which take into account risk attributable to balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet activities. All banks and bank holding companies must meet a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%. Of the 8% required, at least half must be comprised of core capital elements defined as “Tier 1” capital. The Federal banking agencies also have adopted leverage capital guidelines which banking organizations must meet. Under these guidelines, the most highly rated banking organizations must meet a minimum leverage ratio of at least 3% “Tier 1” capital to total assets, while lower rated banking organizations must maintain a ratio of at least 4% to 5%. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory—and possibly additional discretionary—actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Board categorized the Corporation as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Corporation’s category.

 

93


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

To be well capitalized under the regulatory framework, the “Tier 1” capital ratio must meet or exceed 6%, the total capital ratio must meet or exceed 10% and the leverage ratio must meet or exceed 5%.

The Corporation’s risk-based capital and leverage ratios are as follows ($ in millions):

 

     Risk-Based Capital Ratios  
     As of December 31, 2006     As of December 31, 2005  
     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

Tier 1 capital

   $ 3,873.0    7.88 %   $ 3,114.0    7.84 %

Tier 1 capital adequacy minimum requirement

     1,965.1    4.00       1,587.9    4.00  
                          

Excess

   $ 1,907.9    3.88 %   $ 1,526.1    3.84 %
                          

Total capital

   $ 5,489.5    11.17 %   $ 4,726.4    11.91 %

Total capital adequacy minimum requirement

     3,930.2    8.00       3,175.8    8.00  
                          

Excess

   $ 1,559.3    3.17 %   $ 1,550.6    3.91 %
                          

Risk-adjusted assets

   $ 49,128.1      $ 39,698.1   
                  

 

     Leverage Ratio  
     As of December 31, 2006     As of December 31, 2005  
     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets

   $ 3,873.0    7.38 %   $ 3,114.0    7.24 %

Minimum leverage adequacy requirement

     1,575.2 - 2,625.4    3.00 -5.00       1,291.1 - 2,151.9    3.00-5.00  
                          

Excess

   $ 2,297.8 - 1,247.6    4.38-2.38 %   $ 1,822.9  -    962.1    4.24 -2.24 %
                          

Adjusted average total assets

   $ 52,508.3      $ 43,039.2   
                  
          

All of the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries’ risk-based capital and leverage ratios meet or exceed the defined minimum requirements, and have been deemed well capitalized as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. The following table presents the risk-based capital ratios for the Corporation’s lead banking subsidiary:

 

     Tier 1     Total     Leverage  

M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank

      

December 31, 2006

   7.37 %   10.89 %   6.91 %

December 31, 2005

   7.52     12.03     6.95  

At December 31, 2006 and 2005 the estimated deferred tax liabilities that reduced the carrying value of acquired intangibles used in determining Tier 1 capital amounted to $155,183 and $132,453, respectively.

Banking subsidiaries are restricted by banking regulations from making dividend distributions above prescribed amounts and are limited in making loans and advances to the Corporation. At December 31, 2006, the retained earnings of subsidiaries available for distribution as dividends without regulatory approval, while maintaining well capitalized risk-based capital and leverage ratios, was approximately $992.1 million.

 

94


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

17. Income Taxes

Total income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was allocated as follows:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Income before income taxes

   $ 387,794     $ 351,464     $ 305,987  

Shareholders’ Equity:

      

Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes

     (11,430 )     (8,882 )     (11,155 )

Unrealized gains (losses) on accumulated other comprehensive income

     11,102       (33,133 )     11,065  
                        
   $ 387,466     $ 309,449     $ 305,897  
                        

 

The current and deferred portions of the provision for income taxes were:

 

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 321,039     $ 333,654     $ 267,613  

State

     19,456       33,355       36,013  
                        

Total current

     340,495       367,009       303,626  

Deferred:

      

Federal

     42,244       (15,303 )     3,855  

State

     5,055       (242 )     (1,494 )
                        

Total deferred

     47,299       (15,545 )     2,361  
                        

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 387,794     $ 351,464     $ 305,987  
                        

 

The following is a reconciliation between the amount of the provision for income taxes and the amount of tax computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate (35%):

 

  

     2006     2005     2004  

Tax computed at statutory rates

   $ 418,471     $ 370,179     $ 319,144  

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

      

Federal tax-exempt income

     (19,343 )     (21,498 )     (20,834 )

State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

     15,932       21,130       22,031  

Bank owned life insurance

     (10,197 )     (9,478 )     (9,539 )

Federal tax credits

     (17,283 )     (5,322 )     (3,599 )

Other

     214       (3,547 )     (1,216 )
                        

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 387,794     $ 351,464     $ 305,987  
                        

 

95


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant elements of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31 are as follows:

 

     2006     2005  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Deferred compensation

   $ 67,132     $ 60,014  

Share-based compensation

     77,976       67,661  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     170,871       147,877  

Accrued postretirement benefits

     23,768       27,670  

Accrued expenses

     38,926       32,742  

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards (NOLs)

     44,915       30,171  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     9,482       20,584  

Other

     88,987       91,134  
                

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

     522,057       477,853  

Valuation allowance

     (74,233 )     (46,659 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

     447,824       431,194  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Lease revenue reporting

     123,701       119,112  

Conversion cost deferred

     51,127       52,261  

Premises and equipment, principally due to depreciation

     22,210       22,947  

Deductible goodwill

     55,623       42,407  

Purchase accounting adjustments

     122,791       123,396  

Other

     63,529       58,333  
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     438,981       418,456  
                

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 8,843     $ 12,738  
                

The Corporation continues to carry a valuation allowance to reduce certain state deferred tax assets which include, in part, certain state net operating loss carryforwards which expire at various times through 2021. At December 31, 2006, the Corporation believes it is more likely than not that these items will not be realized. However, as time passes the Corporation will be able to better assess the amount of tax benefit it will realize from using these items.

In 2006, the Corporation was awarded a $75 million allocation of tax credit authority under the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund. Under the program, the Corporation invested $75 million in a wholly-owned subsidiary, which will make qualifying loans and investments. In return, the Corporation will receive federal income tax credits that will be recognized over seven years, including the year in which the funds were invested in the subsidiary. The Corporation recognizes these tax credits for financial reporting purposes in the same year the tax benefit is recognized in the Corporation’s tax return. The investment resulted in a tax credit that reduced income tax expense by $3.75 million in 2006.

18. Stock Option, Restricted Stock and Employee Stock Purchase Plans

The Corporation has equity incentive plans which provide for the grant of nonqualified and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, rights to purchase shares of restricted stock and the award of restricted stock units to key employees and directors of the Corporation at prices ranging from zero to the market value of the shares at the date of grant. The equity incentive plans generally provide for the grant of options to purchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock for a period of ten years from the date of grant. Stock options granted generally become exercisable over a period of three years from the date of grant. However, stock options granted to directors of the Corporation vest immediately and stock options granted after 1996 provide accelerated or immediate vesting for grants to individuals who meet certain age and years of service criteria at the date of grant. Restrictions on stock or units issued pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plans generally lapse within a three to seven year period.

 

96


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The Corporation also has a Long-Term Incentive Plan. Under the plan, performance units may be awarded from time to time. Once awarded, additional performance units will be credited to each participant based on dividends paid by the Corporation on its common stock. At the end of a designated vesting period, participants will receive a cash award equal to the Corporation’s average common stock price over the last five days of the vesting period multiplied by some percent (0%-275%) of the initial performance units credited plus those additional units credited as dividends based on the established performance criteria. The vesting period is three years from the date the performance units were awarded.

The Corporation also has a qualified employee stock purchase plan (the “ESPP”) which gives employees who elect to participate in the ESPP the right to acquire shares of the Corporation’s common stock at the purchase price which is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the first or last day of the one-year offering period (“look-back feature”) which has historically been from July 1 to June 30. Effective July 1, 2006 the ESPP was amended to eliminate the look-back feature and to provide employees, who elect to participate in the plan, the right to acquire shares of the Corporation’s common stock at the purchase price, which is 85% of the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the last day of each three month period within the one-year offering period. 85,708 and 89,388 shares were purchased on January 3, 2007 and October 2, 2006, respectively. Employee contributions under the ESPP are made ratably during the plan period. Employees may withdraw from the plan prior to the end of the one year offering period.

Under the fair value method of accounting, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award using an option-pricing model that takes into account the stock price at the grant date, the exercise price, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the underlying stock, expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate over the expected life of the option. The resulting compensation cost for stock options that vest is recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period. The fair value method of accounting provided under SFAS 123 is generally similar to the fair value method of accounting under SFAS 123(R).

Activity relating to nonqualified and incentive stock options was:

 

     Number
of Shares
    Option Price
Per Share
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Shares under option at December 31, 2003

   21,782,816     $  9.63-38.25    $ 27.81

Options granted

   3,758,145       36.76-44.20      41.64

Options lapsed or surrendered

   (343,070 )     15.94-41.95      32.12

Options exercised

   (2,319,794 )     9.63-34.79      21.09
                   

Shares under option at December 31, 2004

   22,878,097     $  10.13-44.20    $ 30.70

Options granted

   3,911,980       40.49-47.02      42.81

Options lapsed or surrendered

   (284,399 )     22.80-42.82      36.76

Options exercised

   (1,850,361 )     10.13-41.95      23.49
                   

Shares under option at December 31, 2005

   24,655,317     $ 15.94-47.02    $ 33.09

Options granted

   4,215,841       41.30-48.54      47.58

Vested options exchanged in acquisition

   532,133       5.71-43.67      12.99

Options lapsed or surrendered

   (376,724 )     26.14-48.07      42.30

Options exercised

   (2,702,031 )     5.71-44.95      25.25
                   

Shares under option at December 31, 2006

   26,324,536     $ 5.71-48.54    $ 35.68
                   

 

97


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The range of options outstanding at December 31, 2006 were:

 

     Number of Shares    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
   Weighted-Average
Aggregate intrinsic Value
  

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (In Years)

Price Range

   Outstanding    Exercisable    Outstanding    Exercisable    Outstanding    Exercisable    Outstanding    Exercisable

$ 5.50-25.99

   3,678,604    3,678,604    $ 22.89    $ 22.89    $ 25.22    $ 25.22    3.3    3.3

  26.00-29.99

   3,774,548    3,774,548      28.56      28.56      19.55      19.55    4.9    4.9

  30.00-31.99

   4,597,615    4,597,615      31.42      31.42      16.69      16.69    4.2    4.2

  32.00-37.99

   3,165,186    3,156,016      34.88      34.88      13.23      13.23    6.8    6.8

  38.00-42.49

   3,366,375    2,423,505      41.83      41.85      6.28      6.26    7.8    7.8

  42.50-46.99

   4,066,642    1,615,673      43.00      42.89      5.11      5.22    8.9    8.8

  Over $47.00

   3,675,566    580,110      48.07      48.07      0.04      0.04    9.8    9.8
                                               
   26,324,536    19,826,071    $ 35.68    $ 32.54    $ 12.43    $ 15.57    6.5    5.6
                                               

Options exercisable at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were 18,451,293 and 16,845,530, respectively. The weighted-average exercise price for options exercisable was $30.35 at December 31, 2005 and $28.32 at December 31, 2004.

The fair value of each option grant was estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes closed form option-pricing model for options granted prior to September 30, 2004. A form of a lattice option-pricing model was used for options granted after September 30, 2004.

The grant date fair values and assumptions used to determine such value are as follows:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Weighted-average grant date fair value

   $ 9.11     $ 8.78     $ 7.48  

Assumptions:

      

Risk-free interest rates

     4.22-5.66 %     3.70-4.64 %     3.17-4.45 %

Expected volatility

     18.20-18.50 %     13.12-18.50 %     18.00-30.33 %

Expected term (in years)

     6.3-7.2       6.0       6.0  

Expected dividend yield

     2.20-2.29 %     2.11 %     1.93 %

The total intrinsic value of nonqualified and incentive stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $55.2 million, $37.0 million and $43.7 million, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 amounted to $47.4 million, $29.8 million and $30.0 million, respectively.

There was approximately $40.6 million and $35.8 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested nonqualified and incentive stock options at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The total unrecognized compensation expense will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years. For awards with graded vesting, compensation expense was recognized using an accelerated method prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R) and is recognized on a straight line basis for awards granted after the effective date.

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the expense for nonqualified and incentive stock options that is included in Salaries and Employee Benefits expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income amounted to $30.1 million, $28.8 million and $29.7 million, respectively. These amounts are considered non-cash expenses for the Statements of Cash Flow purposes.

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the expense for directors’ nonqualified and incentive stock options that is included in Other expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income amounted to $0.6 million, $0.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

 

98


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Activity relating to the Corporation’s Restricted Stock Purchase Rights was:

 

     December 31  
     2006     2005     2004  

Restricted stock purchase rights outstanding — Beginning of Year

     —         —         —    

Restricted stock purchase rights granted

     220,855       183,700       172,700  

Restricted stock purchase rights exercised

     (220,855 )     (183,700 )     (172,700 )
                        

Restricted stock purchase rights outstanding — End of Year

     —         —         —    
                        

Weighted-average grant date market value

   $ 47.21     $ 42.88     $ 41.50  

Aggregate compensation expense

   $ 6,024     $ 4,529     $ 3,153  

Unamortized deferred compensation

   $ 16,686     $ 13,794     $ 10,727  

Restrictions on stock issued pursuant to the exercise of stock purchase rights generally lapse within a three to seven year period. Accordingly, the compensation related to issuance of the rights is amortized over the vesting period. At December 31, 2006, the unamortized compensation expense will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years. These amounts are considered non-cash expenses for the Statements of Cash Flow purposes.

All participants in the Long-Term Incentive Plan will receive a cash award at the end of the designated vesting period. This plan meets the definition of a liability award. Unlike equity awards, liability awards are remeasured at fair value at each balance sheet date until settlement. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the expense for the Long-Term Incentive Plan that is included in Salaries and Employee Benefits expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income amounted to $8.6 million, $8.6 million and $11.8 million, respectively.

The compensation cost per share for the ESPP was $9.96 and $8.04 for the plan years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Employee contributions under the ESPP are made ratably during the plan period. Employees may withdraw from the plan prior to the end of the one year offering period. The total estimated shares to be purchased are estimated at the beginning of the plan period based on total expected contributions for the plan period and 85% of the market price at that date. During 2006 and 2005, common shares purchased by employees under the ESPP amounted to 511,301 and 324,500, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the total expense for the ESPP that is included in Salaries and Employee Benefits expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income amounted to $3.1 million, $3.3 million and $2.5 million, respectively. These amounts are considered non-cash expenses for the Statements of Cash Flow purposes.

Shares reserved for the granting of options and stock purchase rights at December 31, 2006 were 17,594,998.

19. Employee Retirement and Health Plans

The Corporation has a defined contribution program that consists of a retirement plan and employee stock ownership plan for substantially all employees. The retirement plan provides for a guaranteed contribution to eligible participants equal to 2% of compensation. At the Corporation’s option, an additional profit sharing amount may also be contributed to the retirement plan and may vary from year to year up to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation. Under the employee stock ownership plan, employee contributions into the retirement plan of up to 6% of eligible compensation are matched up to 50% by the Corporation based on the Corporation’s return on equity as defined by the plan. Total expense relating to these plans was $68,857, $60,390, and $52,065 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

The Corporation also has supplemental retirement plans to provide retirement benefits to certain of its key executives. Total expense relating to these plans amounted to $4,587 in 2006, $3,112 in 2005, and $3,213 in 2004.

 

99


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The Corporation sponsors a defined benefit health plan that provides health care benefits to eligible current and retired employees. Eligibility for retiree benefits is dependent upon age, years of service, and participation in the health plan during active service. The plan is contributory and in 1997 and 2002 the plan was amended. Employees hired after September 1, 1997, including employees retained from mergers, will be granted access to the Corporation’s plan upon becoming an eligible retiree; however, such retirees must pay 100% of the cost of health care benefits. The plan continues to contain other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance. In addition to the normal monthly funding for claims, the Corporation expects to make an additional contribution to its plan of approximately $7.0 million per year.

The measurement date for the 2006 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (“APBO”) was December 31, 2006. The changes during the year of the APBO for retiree health benefits are as follows:

 

         2006     2005  
 

Change in Benefit Obligation

    
 

APBO, beginning of year

   $ 81,388     $ 73,652  
 

Service cost

     2,280       2,210  
 

Interest cost on APBO

     4,088       4,635  
 

Plan participants’ contributions

     3,097       —    
 

Actuarial (gains) losses—discount rate change

     (5,349 )     8,789  
 

Actuarial (gains) losses—other

     (5,470 )     644  
 

Gross benefits paid

     (6,903 )     (5,035 )
 

Less: Federal subsidy on benefits paid

     683       —    
 

Other events (Medicare Part D)

     —         (3,507 )
                  
 

APBO, end of year

   $ 73,814     $ 81,388  
                  
      
         2006     2005  
 

Change in Plan Assets

    
 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

   $ 14,317     $ 7,826  
 

Actual return on plan assets

     1,878       546  
 

Employer contribution/payments

     11,116       10,980  
 

Plan participants’ contributions

     3,097       —    
 

Gross benefits paid

     (6,903 )     (5,035 )
                  
 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

   $ 23,505     $ 14,317  
                  
 

Weighted annual discount rate used in determining ABPO

     5.75 %     5.00 %
 

Expected long term rate of retirement plan assets

     5.25       5.25  

 

The funded status at the end of the year and the related amounts recognized on the Statement of Financial Position are as follows:

 

  

         2006     2005  
 

Funded Status, End of Year

    
 

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 23,505     $ 14,317  
 

Benefit obligations

     (73,814 )     (81,388 )
                  
 

Funded status

     (50,309 )     (67,071 )
 

Unrecognized actuarial net loss

     —         24,929  
 

Unrecognized prior service cost

     —         (22,841 )
                  
 

Amount recognized, end of year

   $ (50,309 )   $ (64,983 )
                  

 

100


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Amounts Recognized in the Statement of Financial Position Consists of

  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ (50,309 )

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Consists of

  

Net actuarial loss

   $ 12,328  

Prior service cost

     (20,027 )
        

Total

   $ (7,699 )
        

The amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2007 are as follows:

 

Actuarial (gains)/loss

   $ 484  

Prior service (credit)/cost

     (2,721 )
        

Total

   $ (2,237 )
        

The incremental effect of applying SFAS 158 on individual line items in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2006 is as follows:

 

     Before
Application
of SFAS 158
    Adjustment    After
Application of
SFAS 158
 

Accrued interest and other assets

   $ 1,915,335     $ 2,854    $ 1,918,189  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,535,520       7,699      1,543,219  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of related taxes

     (22,391 )     4,845      (17,546 )

Total shareholders’ equity

     6,146,526       4,845      6,151,371  

The assumed health care cost trend for 2007 was 8.00%. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.00% in 2010 and remain at that level thereafter.

The weighted average discount rate used in determining the APBO was based on matching the Corporation’s estimated plan duration to a yield curve derived from a portfolio of high-quality corporate bonds with yields within the 10th to 90th percentiles. The portfolio consisted of over 500 actual Aa quality bonds at various maturity points across the full maturity spectrum that were all United States issues and non-callable (or callable with make whole features) with a minimum amount outstanding of $50 million.

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 includes the following components:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Service cost

   $ 2,280     $ 2,210     $ 2,523  

Interest cost on APBO

     4,088       4,635       5,008  

Expected return on plan assets

     (928 )     (597 )     (300 )

Prior service amortization

     (2,721 )     (2,721 )     (2,721 )

Actuarial loss amortization

     1,515       1,056       1,664  
                        

Net periodic postretirement cost

   $ 4,234     $ 4,583     $ 6,174  
                        

 

101


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

The assumed health care cost trend rate has a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage point change on assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

     One
Percentage
Point
Increase
   One
Percentage
Point
Decrease
 

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

   $ 7,765    $ (6,763 )

Effect on aggregate service and interest cost

     799      (687 )

Postretirement medical plan weighted–average asset allocations at December 31, by asset category are as follows:

 

Plan Assets by Category

        2006     2005  

Equity securities

   52 %   50 %

Tax exempt debt securities

   45     45  

Cash

   3     5  
            

Total

   100 %   100 %
            

The Corporation’s primary investment objective is to achieve a combination of capital appreciation and current income. The long-term target asset mix is 50% fixed income and 50% equity securities. Individual fixed income securities may be taxable or tax-exempt and will have maturities of thirty years or less. The average maturity of the portfolio will not exceed ten years.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

      Total Without
Medicare Part D
   Estimated
Medicare
Part D Subsidy
 

2007

   $ 4,811    $ (767 )

2008

     5,383      (850 )

2009

     5,944      (917 )

2010

     6,446      (980 )

2011

     6,916      (1,032 )

2012-2016

     38,499      (5,628 )

On December 8, 2003 the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) was signed into law. The Act introduces a prescription drug benefit program under Medicare (Medicare Part D) as well as a 28% Federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D.

In May 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FSP 106-2, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003. FSP 106-2 requires companies to account for the effect of the subsidy on benefits attributable to past service as an actuarial experience gain and as a reduction of the service cost component of net postretirement health care costs for amounts attributable to current service, if the benefit provided is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D.

During the third quarter of 2004, the Corporation elected to adopt FSP 106-2 and to retroactively recognize the Act from January 1, 2004. The Corporation and its actuarial advisors determined that benefits provided to certain participants are expected to be at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D, and, accordingly the Corporation will be entitled to some subsidy. The expected subsidy reduced the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at January 1, 2004 by approximately $7.8 million and net periodic cost for the year ended December 31, 2004 by approximately $1.3 million as compared with the amount determined without considering the effects of the subsidy.

Assumptions used to develop this reduction included those used in the determination of the annual postretirement health care expense and also include expectations of how the Federal program will ultimately operate.

On January 21, 2005 final regulations establishing how Medicare Part D will operate were published. After evaluating the final regulations, the Corporation determined that it was able to expand the retiree group that is eligible for the subsidy which lowered the APBO by approximately $3.5 million over what had previously been calculated.

 

102


Table of Contents

20. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31 were:

 

     2006    2005

Financial instruments whose amounts represent credit risk:

     

Commitments to extend credit:

     

To commercial customers

   $ 15,295,917    $ 13,896,069

To individuals

     3,322,136      2,566,658

Commercial letters of credit

     64,034      49,698

Mortgage loans sold with recourse

     66,991      71,997

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and may require payment of a fee. The majority of the Corporation’s commitments to extend credit generally provide for the interest rate to be determined at the time the commitment is utilized. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

The Corporation evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on an individual basis. Collateral obtained, if any, upon extension of credit, is based upon management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral requirements and the ability to access collateral is generally similar to that required on loans outstanding as discussed in Note 8.

Commercial letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by the Corporation to support the financial obligations of a customer to a third party. Commercial letters of credit are issued to support payment obligations of a customer as buyer in a commercial contract for the purchase of goods. Letters of credit have maturities which generally reflect the maturities of the underlying obligations. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. If deemed necessary, the Corporation holds various forms of collateral to support letters of credit.

Certain mortgage loans sold have limited recourse provisions. The Corporation expects losses arising from the limited recourse provisions to be insignificant.

21. Foreign Exchange Contracts

Foreign exchange contracts are commitments to purchase or deliver foreign currency at a specified exchange rate. The Corporation enters into foreign exchange contracts primarily in connection with trading activities to enable customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and to minimize the Corporation’s own exposure to foreign currency fluctuations resulting from the above. Foreign exchange contracts include such commitments as foreign currency spot, forward, future and, to a much lesser extent, option contracts. The risks in these transactions arise from the ability of the counterparties to perform under the terms of the contracts and the risk of trading in a volatile commodity. The Corporation actively monitors all transactions and positions against predetermined limits established on traders and types of currency to ensure reasonable risk taking.

Matching commitments to deliver foreign currencies with commitments to purchase foreign currencies minimizes the Corporation’s market risk from unfavorable movements in currency exchange rates.

 

103


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

At December 31, 2006 the Corporation’s foreign currency position resulting from foreign exchange contracts by major currency was as follows (U.S. dollars):

 

     Commitments
to Deliver
Foreign
Exchange
   Commitments
to Purchase
Foreign
Exchange

Currency

     

Euros

   $ 305,499    $ 305,316

Canadian Dollars

     51,305      50,988

English Pound Sterling

     47,405      47,276

Swiss Franc

     46,825      46,808

Japanese Yen

     11,699      11,610

Australian Dollar

     3,284      3,281

Mexican Peso

     2,509      2,508

All Other

     631      732
             

Total

   $ 469,157    $ 468,519
             

Average amount of contracts during 2006 to deliver/purchase foreign exchange

   $ 505,356    $ 505,800
             

22. Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

Interest rate risk, the exposure of the Corporation’s net interest income and net fair value of its assets and liabilities to adverse movements in interest rates, is a significant market risk exposure that can have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Corporation has established policies that neither earnings nor fair value at risk should exceed established guidelines and assesses these risks by modeling the impact of changes in interest rates that may adversely impact expected future earnings and fair values.

The Corporation has strategies designed to confine these risks within the established limits and identify appropriate risk / reward trade-offs in the financial structure of its balance sheet. These strategies include the use of derivative financial instruments to help achieve the desired balance sheet repricing structure while meeting the desired objectives of its customers.

Trading Instruments and Other Free Standing Derivatives

The Corporation enters into various derivative contracts primarily to focus on providing derivative products to customers which enables them to manage their exposures to interest rate risk. The Corporation’s market risk from unfavorable movements in interest rates is generally economically hedged by concurrently entering into offsetting derivative contracts. The offsetting derivative contracts generally have nearly identical notional values, terms and indices. The Corporation uses interest rate futures to economically hedge the exposure to interest rate risk arising from the interest rate swap (designated as trading) entered into in conjunction with its auto securitization activities. Interest rate futures are also used to economically hedge the exposure to interest rate risk arising from auto loans designated as held for sale and other free standing derivatives.

Interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgage loans intended to be held for sale are considered free standing derivative instruments. The option to sell the mortgage loans at the time the commitments are made are also free standing derivative instruments. The change in fair value of these derivative instruments due to changes in interest rates tend to offset each other and act as economic hedges. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the estimated fair values of interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgage loans intended to be held for sale and related option to sell were insignificant.

Trading and free standing derivative contracts are not linked to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to forecasted transactions in an accounting hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133. They are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of other noninterest income.

 

104


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

At December 31, 2006, free standing interest rate swaps consisted of $2.3 billion in notional amount of receive fixed / pay floating with an aggregate negative fair value of $11.4 million and $1.5 billion in notional amount of pay fixed / receive floating with an aggregate positive fair value of $12.9 million.

At December 31, 2006, interest rate caps purchased amounted to $22.5 million in notional with an immaterial positive fair value and interest rate caps sold amounted to $22.5 million in notional with an immaterial negative fair value.

At December 31, 2006, the notional value of free standing interest rate futures was $4.3 billion with a positive fair value of $0.1 million.

Fair Value Hedges

The Corporation has fixed rate CDs and fixed rate long-term debt which expose the Corporation to variability in fair values due to changes in market interest rates.

To limit the Corporation’s exposure to changes in interest rates, the Corporation has entered into receive-fixed / pay floating interest rate swaps.

At December 31, 2006 certain interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges met the criteria required to qualify for the shortcut method of accounting. Based on the shortcut method of accounting treatment, no ineffectiveness is assumed.

At December 31, 2006, no component of the derivative instruments’ gain or loss was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness for derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges.

During 2006, the Corporation terminated fair value hedges on certain long-term borrowings. The adjustment to the fair value of the hedged instrument of $4.7 million is being amortized as expense into earnings over the expected remaining term of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

The following table presents additional information with respect to selected fair value hedges.

Fair Value Hedges

December 31, 2006

 

Hedged Item

  

Hedging Instrument

  

Notional
Amount

($ in millions)

   Fair Value
($ in millions)
   

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Term
(Years)

Fair Value Hedges that Qualify for Shortcut Accounting

          

Fixed Rate Bank Notes

   Receive Fixed Swap    $ 409.1    $ (12.6 )   8.1

Other Fair Value Hedges

          

Fixed Rate Bank Notes

   Receive Fixed Swap    $ 125.0    $ (4.7 )   9.5

Institutional CDs

   Receive Fixed Swap      50.0      (0.0 )   29.5

The impact from fair value hedges to total net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was a negative $0.3 million. The impact to net interest income due to ineffectiveness was immaterial.

 

105


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Cash Flow Hedges

The Corporation has variable rate loans, deposits and borrowings which expose the Corporation to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. The Corporation believes it is prudent to limit the variability of a portion of its interest receipts and payments. To meet this objective, the Corporation enters into various types of derivative financial instruments to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from interest rate risk. At December 31, 2006, these instruments consisted of interest rate swaps.

The Corporation regularly originates and holds floating rate commercial loans that reprice monthly on the first business day to one-month LIBOR. As a result, the Corporation’s interest receipts are exposed to variability in cash flows due to changes in one-month LIBOR.

In order to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the floating rate commercial loans indexed to one-month LIBOR, the Corporation has entered into receive fixed / pay LIBOR-based floating interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges against the first LIBOR-based interest payments received that, in the aggregate for each period, are interest payments on such principal amount of its then existing LIBOR-indexed floating-rate commercial loans equal to the notional amount of the interest rate swaps outstanding.

Hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception and each quarter on an on-going basis using regression analysis that takes into account reset date differences for certain designated interest rate swaps that reset quarterly. Each month the Corporation makes a determination that it is probable that the Corporation will continue to receive interest payments on at least that amount of principal of its existing LIBOR-indexed floating-rate commercial loans that reprice monthly on the first business day to one-month LIBOR equal to the notional amount of the interest rate swaps outstanding. Ineffectiveness is measured using the hypothetical derivative method and is recorded as a component of interest income on loans.

The Corporation regularly issues floating rate institutional CDs indexed to three-month LIBOR. As a result, the Corporation’s interest payments are exposed to variability in cash flows due to changes in three-month LIBOR.

In order to hedge the interest rate risk associated with floating rate institutional CDs, the Corporation has entered into pay fixed / receive LIBOR-based floating interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges against the interest payments on the forecasted issuance of floating rate institutional CDs.

For certain institutional CDs, hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception and each quarter on an on-going basis using regression analysis that regresses daily observations of three-month LIBOR to itself with a five day mismatch on either side for potential reset date differences between the interest rate swaps and the floating rate institutional CDs. The regression analysis is based on a rolling five years of daily observations. Ineffectiveness is measured using the hypothetical derivative method and is recorded as a component of interest expense on deposits.

The Corporation regularly purchases overnight borrowings indexed to the Federal funds rate. As a result, the Corporation’s interest payments are exposed to variability in cash flows due to changes in the Federal funds effective rate.

In order to hedge the interest rate risk associated with overnight borrowings, the Corporation has entered into pay fixed / receive floating interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges against interest payments on the forecasted issuance of floating rate overnight borrowings. The floating leg of the interest rate swap resets monthly to the H15 Federal Effective index. The H15 Federal Effective index is not a benchmark rate therefore, hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception and each quarter on an on-going basis using regression analysis. Each month the Corporation makes a determination that it is probable that the Corporation will continue to make interest payments on at least that amount of outstanding overnight floating-rate borrowings equal to the notional amount of the interest rate swaps outstanding. Ineffectiveness is measured using the hypothetical derivative method and is recorded as a component of interest expense on short term borrowings.

 

106


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

At December 31, 2006 one interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge met the criteria required to qualify for the shortcut method of accounting. Based on the shortcut method of accounting treatment, no ineffectiveness is assumed.

At December 31, 2006, no component of the derivative instruments’ gain or loss was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness for derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges.

Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. These amounts are subsequently reclassified to interest income or interest expense as a yield adjustment in the same period in which the related interest on the variable rate loans and short-term borrowings affects earnings. Ineffectiveness arising from differences between the critical terms of the hedging instrument and hedged item is recorded in interest income or expense.

The following table summarizes the Corporation’s cash flow hedges.

Cash Flow Hedges

December 31, 2006

 

Hedged Item

  

Hedging Instrument

   Notional
Amount
($ in millions)
  

Fair Value

($ in millions)

   

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Term (Years)

Cash Flow Hedges that Qualify for Shortcut Accounting

          

Floating Rate Bank Notes

  

Pay Fixed Swap

   $ 125.0    $ 0.5     0.3

Other Cash Flow Hedges

          

Variable Rate Loans

  

Receive Fixed Swap

   $ 100.0    $ (2.8 )   1.5

Institutional CDs

  

Pay Fixed Swap

     1,850.0      1.0     1.6

Federal Funds Purchased

  

Pay Fixed Swap

     250.0      (0.1 )   0.6

FHLB Advances

  

Pay Fixed Swap

     1,410.0      6.2     4.2

Floating Rate Bank Notes

  

Pay Fixed Swap

     550.0      (2.8 )   3.0

During 2004, $300 million of FHLB floating rate advances were retired. In conjunction with the retirement of debt, $300 million in notional value of receive floating / pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges against the retired floating rate advances were terminated. The loss in accumulated other comprehensive income aggregating $2.0 million ($1.3 million after tax) was charged to other expense.

The impact to total net interest income from cash flow hedges, including amortization of terminated cash flow hedges, for the year ended December 31, 2006 was a positive $22.7 million. The impact due to ineffectiveness was immaterial. The estimated reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income in the next twelve months is approximately $2.9 million.

Credit risk arises from the potential failure of counterparties to perform in accordance with the terms of the contracts. The Corporation maintains risk management policies that define parameters of acceptable market risk within the framework of its overall asset/liability management strategies and monitor and limit exposure to credit risk. The Corporation believes its credit and settlement procedures serve to minimize its exposure to credit risk. Credit exposure resulting from derivative financial instruments is represented by their fair value amounts, increased by an estimate of potential adverse position exposure arising from changes over time in interest rates, maturities and other relevant factors. At December 31, 2006, the estimated credit exposure arising from derivative financial instruments was approximately $19.9 million.

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the total effect on net interest income resulting from derivative financial instruments, was a positive $35.5 million and a positive $8.6 million including the amortization of terminated derivative financial instruments, respectively.

 

107


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

23. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values and estimated fair values for on and off-balance sheet financial instruments as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 are presented in the following table. Derivative financial instruments designated as hedging instruments are included in the carrying values and fair values presented for the related hedged items. Derivative financial instruments designated as trading and other free standing derivatives are included in Trading securities.

Balance Sheet Financial Instruments ($ in millions)

 

     2006    2005
     Carrying Value    Fair Value    Carrying Value    Fair Value

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and short term investments

   $ 1,504.3    $ 1,504.3    $ 1,455.0    $ 1,455.0

Trading securities

     36.2      36.2      29.8      29.8

Investment securities available for sale

     6,977.9      6,977.9      5,701.7      5,701.7

Investment securities held to maturity

     495.5      507.9      618.6      638.1

Net loans and leases

     41,514.4      41,588.7      33,803.1      33,878.5

Interest receivable

     279.1      279.1      199.0      199.0

Financial Liabilities:

           

Deposits

     34,084.4      34,045.4      27,674.2      27,642.7

Short-term borrowings

     3,609.3      3,609.3      3,020.0      3,020.0

Long-term borrowings

     10,842.0      10,784.8      9,275.4      9,248.6

Standby letters of credit

     8.7      8.7      6.8      6.8

Interest payable

     265.1      265.1      168.1      168.1

Where readily available, quoted market prices are utilized by the Corporation. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The calculated fair value estimates, therefore, cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized upon immediate settlement of the instrument. The current reporting requirements exclude certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial assets and liabilities from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the entire Corporation.

The following methods and assumptions are used in estimating the fair value for financial instruments.

Cash and short-term investments

The carrying amounts reported for cash and short-term investments approximate the fair values for those assets.

Trading and investment securities

Fair value is based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes where available. Estimated fair values for residual interests in the form of interest-only strips from automobile loan securitizations are based on discounted cash flow analysis.

Net loans and leases

Loan and lease balances are assigned fair values based on a discounted cash flow analysis. The discount rate is based on the treasury yield curve, with rate adjustments for credit quality, cost and profit factors. Net loans and leases include loans held for sale.

 

108


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Deposits

The fair value for demand deposits or any interest bearing deposits with no fixed maturity date is considered to be equal to the carrying value. Time deposits with defined maturity dates are considered to have a fair value equal to the book value if the maturity date was within three months of December 31. The remaining time deposits are assigned fair values based on a discounted cash flow analysis using discount rates that approximate interest rates currently being offered on time deposits with comparable maturities.

Borrowings

Short-term borrowings are carried at cost that approximates fair value. Long-term debt is generally valued using a discounted cash flow analysis with a discount rate based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of arrangements or, if not readily available, based on a build up approach similar to that used for loans and deposits. Long-term borrowings include their related current maturities.

Standby letters of credit

The book value and fair value of standby letters of credit is based on the unamortized premium (fees paid by customers).

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments ($ in millions)

Fair values of loan commitments and commercial letters of credit have been estimated based on the equivalent fees, net of expenses, that would be charged for similar contracts and customers at December 31:

 

     2006    2005

Loan commitments

   $ 11.4    $ 9.4

Commercial letters of credit

     0.5      0.4

See Note 20 for additional information on off-balance sheet financial instruments.

24. Business Segments

Generally, the Corporation organizes its segments based on legal entities. Each entity offers a variety of products and services to meet the needs of its customers and the particular market served. Each entity has its own president and is separately managed subject to adherence to corporate policies. Discrete financial information is reviewed by senior management to assess performance on a monthly basis. Certain segments are combined and consolidated for purposes of assessing financial performance.

The accounting policies of the Corporation’s segments are generally the same as those described in Note 1. Intersegment revenues may be based on cost, current market prices or negotiated prices between the providers and receivers of services.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, Net Derivative Losses—Discontinued Hedges of $18.4 million are not included in segment income, but are reported as a reconciling item to Consolidated Net Income. Management does not include this item when assessing the financial results of the segment operations.

Based on the way the Corporation organizes its segments, the Corporation has determined that it has two reportable segments.

Banking

Banking represents the aggregation of two separately chartered banks headquartered in Wisconsin, one federally chartered thrift headquartered in Nevada, one separately chartered bank headquartered in St. Louis, Missouri, an asset-based lending subsidiary headquartered in Minnesota and an operational support subsidiary.

 

109


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Banking consists of accepting deposits, making loans and providing other services such as cash management, foreign exchange and correspondent banking to a variety of commercial and retail customers. Products and services are provided through a variety of delivery channels including traditional branches, supermarket branches, telephone centers, ATMs and the Internet.

Data Services (or Metavante)

Data Services includes Metavante as well as its related subsidiaries. Metavante provides technology products, software and services, including data processing to M&I affiliates as well as banks, thrifts, credit unions, trust companies and other financial services providers in the United States and abroad. Metavante provides products and services related to customer relationship management, electronic banking, Internet banking and electronic funds transfer. Metavante also provides a variety of card solutions, including debit, prepaid debit, and credit card account processing, card personalization, ACH processing, ATM driving and monitoring, gateway transaction processing, merchant processing, healthcare identification card fulfillment and flexible spending account processing. In addition Metavante provides electronic bill presentment and payment services, as well as payment and settlement of bill payment transactions for businesses and consumers.

All Others

The Corporation’s primary other operating segments include Trust Services, Capital Markets Group, Brokerage and Insurance Services and Commercial Leasing. Trust Services provides investment management and advisory services as well as personal, commercial and corporate trust services in Wisconsin, Arizona, Minnesota, Florida, Nevada, Missouri and Indiana. Capital Markets Group provides venture capital and advisory services.

Total Revenues by type in All Others consist of the following ($ in millions):

 

     2006    2005    2004

Trust Services

   $ 194.1    $ 165.2    $ 148.3

Capital Markets

     4.4      25.1      18.1

Brokerage and Insurance

     29.7      27.3      25.2

Commercial Leasing

     12.8      14.9      15.5

Others

     5.1      4.6      4.2
                    

Total

   $ 246.1    $ 237.1    $ 211.3
                    

The following represents the Corporation’s operating segments as of and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Beginning in 2005, total other income for Metavante includes float income, which represents interest income on balances invested in an affiliate bank which arise from Electronic Bill Payment activities. This income was formerly reported as a component of Net Interest Income for Metavante. Effective January 1, 2006 the Corporation transferred a portion of its item processing business from the Banking segment to Metavante. During 2006, the Corporation transferred the residential and commercial mortgage banking reporting units, which were previously included in other business operations, to the Banking segment. Segment information for all periods has been adjusted for these transfers and reclassifications. Fees – Intercompany represent intercompany revenue charged to other segments for providing certain services. Expenses – Intercompany represent fees charged by other segments for certain services received. For each segment, Expenses – Intercompany are not the costs of that segment’s reported intercompany revenues. Intrasegment revenues, expenses and assets have been eliminated.

 

110


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2006 ($ in millions)  
     Banking     Metavante     Others     Corporate
Overhead
    Eliminations
Reclassifications
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net interest income

   $ 1,522.5     $ (28.6 )   $ 14.7     $ (29.7 )   $ 11.4     $ 1,490.3  

Other income

            

Fees – external

     313.9       1,383.9       225.0       11.0       (18.4 )     1,915.4  

Fees – internal

            

Fees – intercompany

     65.0       108.8       6.4       99.9       (280.1 )     —    

Float income – intercompany

     —         11.4       —         —         (11.4 )     —    
                                                

Total other income

     378.9       1,504.1       231.4       110.9       (309.9 )     1,915.4  

Other expense

            

Expenses – other

     735.5       1,184.0       140.7       99.9       (0.6 )     2,159.5  

Expenses – intercompany

     172.3       51.1       46.3       9.8       (279.5 )     —    
                                                

Total other expense

     907.8       1,235.1       187.0       109.7       (280.1 )     2,159.5  

Provision for loan and lease losses

     48.8       —         1.8       —         —         50.6  
                                                

Income (loss) before taxes

     944.8       240.4       57.3       (28.5 )     (18.4 )     1,195.6  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     308.9       80.3       20.8       (15.8 )     (6.4 )     387.8  
                                                

Segment income

   $ 635.9     $ 160.1     $ 36.5     $ (12.7 )   $ (12.0 )   $ 807.8  
                                                

Identifiable assets

   $ 53,382.0     $ 2,995.9     $ 823.7     $ 781.9     $ (1,753.2 )   $ 56,230.3  
                                                

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 51.0     $ 145.7     $ (29.9 )   $ 4.3     $ —       $ 171.1  
                                                

Purchase of premises and equipment, net

   $ 61.5     $ 37.4     $ 5.1     $ 0.9     $ —       $ 104.9  
                                                

Return on Average Equity

     13.38 %     13.97 %     16.23 %         14.42 %
                                    

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2005 ($ in millions)  
     Banking     Metavante     Others     Corporate
Overhead
    Eliminations
Reclassifications
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net interest income

   $ 1,282.4     $ (37.3 )   $ 17.7     $ (9.7 )   $ 12.1     $ 1,265.2  

Other income

            

Fees – external

     298.6       1,185.0       213.6       19.1       —         1,716.3  

Fees – internal

            

Fees – intercompany

     59.9       87.9       5.8       86.5       (240.1 )     —    

Float income – intercompany

     —         12.1       —         —         (12.1 )     —    
                                                

Total other income

     358.5       1,285.0       219.4       105.6       (252.2 )     1,716.3  

Other expense

            

Expenses – other

     638.1       1,011.5       116.5       113.1       (0.2 )     1,879.0  

Expenses – intercompany

     153.3       43.3       42.1       1.2       (239.9 )     —    
                                                

Total other expense

     791.4       1,054.8       158.6       114.3       (240.1 )     1,879.0  

Provision for loan and lease losses

     43.4       —         1.4       —         —         44.8  
                                                

Income (loss) before taxes

     806.1       192.9       77.1       (18.4 )     —         1,057.7  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     257.6       73.4       29.4       (8.9 )     —         351.5  
                                                

Segment income

   $ 548.5     $ 119.5     $ 47.7     $ (9.5 )   $ —       $ 706.2  
                                                

Identifiable assets

   $ 43,518.2     $ 2,826.3     $ 685.5     $ 615.7     $ (1,433.0 )   $ 46,212.7  
                                                

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 82.3     $ 139.0     $ (24.2 )   $ 5.3     $ —       $ 202.4  
                                                

Purchase of premises and equipment, net

   $ 60.7     $ 44.2     $ 10.2     $ (21.5 )   $ —       $ 93.6  
                                                

Return on Average Equity

     15.31 %     15.44 %     23.90 %         16.21 %
                                    

 

111


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2004 ($ in millions)  
     Banking     Metavante     Others     Corporate
Overhead
    Eliminations
Reclassifications
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net interest income

   $ 1,169.3     $ (21.8 )   $ 16.9     $ (7.8 )   $ 4.0     $ 1,160.6  

Other income

            

Fees – external

     271.3       935.1       189.6       22.0       —         1,418.0  

Fees – internal

            

Fees – intercompany

     64.3       76.3       4.8       70.2       (215.6 )     —    

Float income – intercompany

     —         4.0       —         —         (4.0 )     —    
                                                

Total other income

     335.6       1,015.4       194.4       92.2       (219.6 )     1,418.0  

Other expense

            

Expenses – other

     604.4       822.0       104.1       97.9       0.3       1,628.7  

Expenses – intercompany

     136.3       45.7       40.0       (6.1 )     (215.9 )     —    
                                                

Total other expense

     740.7       867.7       144.1       91.8       (215.6 )     1,628.7  

Provision for loan and lease losses

     29.8       —         8.2       —         —         38.0  
                                                

Income (loss) before taxes

     734.4       125.9       59.0       (7.4 )     —         911.9  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     240.0       49.1       23.2       (6.3 )     —         306.0  
                                                

Segment income

   $ 494.4     $ 76.8     $ 35.8     $ (1.1 )   $ —       $ 605.9  
                                                

Identifiable assets

   $ 38,130.1     $ 2,390.2     $ 559.0     $ 933.0     $ (1,574.9 )   $ 40,437.4  
                                                

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 90.5     $ 118.5     $ (20.4 )   $ 3.5     $ —       $ 192.1  
                                                

Purchase of premises and equipment, net

   $ 50.0     $ 27.4     $ 1.6     $ 1.4     $ —       $ 80.4  
                                                

Return on Average Equity

     15.82 %     17.05 %     19.59 %         17.00 %
                                    

25. Guarantees

Standby letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by the Corporation to support the obligations of a customer to a third party and to support public and private financing, and other financial or performance obligations of customers. Standby letters of credit have maturities that generally reflect the maturities of the underlying obligations. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. If deemed necessary, the Corporation holds various forms of collateral to support the standby letters of credit. The gross amount of standby letters of credit issued at December 31, 2006 was $2.4 billion. Of the amount outstanding at December 31, 2006, standby letters of credit conveyed to others in the form of participations amounted to $104.8 million. Since many of the standby letters of credit are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the amounts outstanding do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. At December 31, 2006, the estimated fair value associated with letters of credit amounted to $8.7 million.

Metavante offers credit card processing to its customers. Under the rules of the credit card associations, Metavante has certain contingent liabilities for card transactions acquired from merchants. This contingent liability arises in the event of a billing dispute between the merchant and a cardholder that is ultimately resolved in the cardholder’s favor. In such case, Metavante charges the transaction back (“chargeback”) to the merchant and the disputed amount is credited or otherwise refunded to the cardholder. If Metavante is unable to collect this amount from the merchant, due to the merchant’s insolvency or other reasons, Metavante will bear the loss for the amount of the refund paid to the cardholder. In most cases this contingent liability situation is unlikely to arise because most products or services are delivered when purchased, and credits are issued by the merchant on returned items. However, where the product or service is not provided until some time following the purchase, the contingent liability may be more likely. This credit loss exposure is within the scope of the recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 45. The Corporation has concluded that the fair value of the contingent liability was immaterial due to the following factors: (1) merchants are evaluated for credit risk in a manner similar to that employed in making lending decisions; (2) if deemed appropriate, the Corporation obtains collateral which includes holding

 

112


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

funds until the product or service is delivered or severs its relationship with a merchant; and (3) compensation, if any, received for providing the guarantee is minimal.

Metavante assesses the contingent liability and records credit losses for known losses and a provision for losses incurred but not reported which are based on historical chargeback loss experience. For the year ended December 31, 2006, recoveries of such losses totaled $160, compared to recoveries of $56 for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Metavante’s master license agreement includes an indemnification clause that indemnifies the licensee against claims, suits or other proceedings (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and payment of any final settlement or judgment) brought by third parties against the licensee alleging that a software product, by itself and not in combination with any other hardware, software or services, when used by licensee as authorized under the master license agreement, infringes a U.S. patent or U.S. copyright issued or registered as of the date the master license agreement is executed. Metavante’s obligation to indemnify a licensee is contingent on the licensee providing prompt written notice of the claim, full authority and control of the defense and settlement of the claim and reasonable assistance at Metavante’s request and expense, to defend or settle such claim.

In the event a software product becomes, or in Metavante’s opinion is likely to become, the subject of an infringement claim, Metavante may, at its option and expense, either procure for the licensee the right to continue using the software product, modify the software product so that it becomes non-infringing, substitute the software product with other software of the same material capability and functionality or where none of these options are reasonably available, terminate the license granted and refund the unearned portion of the initial license fee.

Metavante’s obligation is subject to certain exceptions and Metavante will have no obligation to any infringement claim based upon any failure to use the software product in accordance with the license agreement or for purposes not intended by Metavante, Metavante’s modification of the software product in compliance with specifications or requirements provided by the licensee, use of any part of the software product in conjunction with third party software, hardware or data not authorized in the license agreement, modification, addition or change to any part of the software product by the licensee or its agents or any registered user, use of any release of the software product other than the most current release made available to the licensee and any claim of infringement arising more than five years after the delivery date of the applicable software product.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005 there were no liabilities reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to these indemnifications.

As of December 31, 2005, the Corporation has fully and unconditionally guaranteed $200 million of certain long-term borrowing obligations issued by M&I Capital Trust A that was deconsolidated upon the adoption of the provisions of FIN 46R. In addition, at December 31, 2005 the Corporation has fully and unconditionally guaranteed $400 million of certain long-term borrowing obligations issued by M&I Capital Trust B. See Note 15 for further discussion regarding M&I Capital Trust A and B.

In conjunction with the acquisitions of Gold Banc and Trustcorp, the Corporation acquired all of the common interests in four Trusts that issued cumulative preferred capital securities which are supported by junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures in the aggregate principal amounts of $16.0 million, $30.0 million, $38.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively and full guarantees assumed by the Corporation.

As part of securities custody activities and at the direction of trust clients, the Corporation’s trust subsidiary, Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (“M&I Trust”) lends securities owned by trust clients to borrowers who have been evaluated for credit risk in a manner similar to that employed in making lending decisions. In connection with these activities, M&I Trust has issued certain indemnifications against loss resulting from the default by a borrower under the master securities loan agreement, such as the failure of the borrower to return loaned securities when due or the borrower’s bankruptcy or receivership. The borrowing party is required to fully collateralize securities received with cash or marketable securities. As securities are loaned, collateral is maintained at a minimum of 100 percent of the fair value of the securities plus accrued interest and the collateral is revalued on a daily basis. The amount of securities loaned subject to indemnification was $9.5 billion at December 31, 2006 and $8.0 billion at December 31, 2005. Because of the requirement to fully collateralize securities borrowed,

 

113


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

management believes that the exposure to credit loss from this activity is remote and there are no liabilities reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, related to these indemnifications.

26. Condensed Financial Information—Parent Corporation Only

Condensed Balance Sheets

December 31

 

     2006    2005

Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 477,160    $ 288,579

Indebtedness of nonbank affiliates

     1,303,350      1,287,910

Investments in affiliates:

     

Banks

     4,915,565      3,585,196

Nonbanks

     1,779,072      1,470,609

Premises and equipment, net

     8,482      8,786

Other assets

     332,031      337,606
             

Total assets

   $ 8,815,660    $ 6,978,686
             

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

     

Commercial paper issued

   $ 521,549    $ 301,963

Other liabilities

     344,515      318,452

Long-term borrowings:

     

Medium-term notes Series E, F and MiNotes

     468,118      423,796

4.375% senior notes

     598,532      598,007

3.90% junior subordinated debt securities

     397,052      396,014

7.65% junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures due to M&I Capital Trust A

     199,355      204,983

5.80% junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures due to Gold Banc Trust III

     15,270      —  

Floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures due to Gold Banc Trust IV

     30,831      —  

6.00% junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures due to Gold Banc Trust V

     37,651      —  

10.60% junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures due to Trustcorp Statutory Trust I

     16,901      —  

Floating rate subordinated notes

     34,515      —  
             

Total long-term borrowings

     1,798,225      1,622,800
             

Total liabilities

     2,664,289      2,243,215

Shareholders’ equity

     6,151,371      4,735,471
             

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 8,815,660    $ 6,978,686
             

Scheduled maturities of long-term borrowings are $9,214 in 2007, $3,529 in 2008, $605,387 in 2009, $18,914 in 2010 and $282,045 in 2011. See Note 15 for a description of the long-term borrowings.

 

114


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Condensed Statements of Income

Years Ended December 31

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Income

      

Cash dividends:

      

Bank affiliates

   $ 301,898     $ 445     $ 284,347  

Nonbank affiliates

     34,391       59,473       68,473  

Interest from affiliates

     79,845       68,955       34,825  

Service fees and other

     116,418       112,504       100,986  
                        

Total income

     532,552       241,377       488,631  

Expense

      

Interest

     115,859       85,567       48,246  

Salaries and employee benefits

     58,779       70,740       63,033  

Administrative and general

     51,991       44,555       32,662  
                        

Total expense

     226,629       200,862       143,941  
                        

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of affiliates

     305,923       40,515       344,690  

Provision/(benefit) for income taxes

     (15,840 )     (8,906 )     (6,297 )
                        

Income before equity in undistributed net income of affiliates

     321,763       49,421       350,987  

Equity in undistributed net income of affiliates, net of dividends paid:

      

Banks

     281,346       516,712       182,750  

Nonbanks

     204,729       140,057       72,116  
                        

Net income

   $ 807,838     $ 706,190     $ 605,853  
                        

 

115


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 ($000’s except share data)

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 807,838     $ 706,190     $ 605,853  

Noncash items included in income:

      

Equity in undistributed net income of affiliates

     (486,075 )     (656,769 )     (254,866 )

Depreciation and amortization

     4,340       5,282       3,517  

Excess tax benefit from stock–based comp. arrangements

     (805 )     (1,001 )     (1,519 )

Other

     15,685       (7,470 )     1,127  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     340,983       46,232       354,112  

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

      

Increases in indebtedness of affiliates

     (476,150 )     (548,005 )     (1,522,750 )

Decreases in indebtedness of affiliates

     460,710       548,885       599,830  

Increases in investments in affiliates

     (215,753 )     (110,014 )     (147,329 )

(Purchases of) proceeds from premises and equipment, net

     (913 )     21,456       (1,456 )

Other

     40,034       24,340       (59,570 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (192,072 )     (63,338 )     (1,131,275 )

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

      

Dividends paid

     (261,535 )     (214,788 )     (179,855 )

Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper

     5,055,511       4,676,424       4,280,021  

Principal payments on commercial paper

     (4,835,925 )     (4,686,559 )     (4,273,666 )

Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings

     250,000       8,005       1,108,956  

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (201,037 )     (111,036 )     (8,241 )

Purchases of common stock

     (41,791 )     —         (98,385 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     84,042       60,911       206,666  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based comp. arrangements

     805       1,001       1,519  

Other

     (10,400 )     (10,400 )     (3,062 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     39,670       (276,442 )     1,033,953  
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     188,581       (293,548 )     256,790  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     288,579       582,127       325,337  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 477,160     $ 288,579     $ 582,127  
                        

 

116


Table of Contents

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

Following is unaudited financial information for each of the calendar quarters during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 ($000’s except share data).

 

     Quarter Ended
     Dec. 31    Sept. 30    June 30    March 31

2006

           

Total Interest and Fee Income

   $ 875,746    $ 860,003    $ 808,849    $ 667,902

Net Interest Income

     395,205      393,176      376,785      325,133

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     18,253      10,250      11,053      10,995

Income before Income Taxes

     295,879      357,426      282,450      259,877

Net Income

     205,357      238,867      190,542      173,072

Net Income Per Share:

           

Basic

   $ 0.81    $ 0.94    $ 0.75    $ 0.74

Diluted

     0.79      0.92      0.74      0.72

2005

           

Total Interest and Fee Income

   $ 628,741    $ 583,723    $ 541,483    $ 492,684

Net Interest Income

     331,577      321,794      313,005      298,858

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     12,995      9,949      13,725      8,126

Income before Income Taxes

     262,270      271,435      273,751      250,198

Net Income

     177,455      179,674      183,745      165,316

Net Income Per Share:

           

Basic

   $ 0.76    $ 0.77    $ 0.80    $ 0.73

Diluted

     0.74      0.75      0.79      0.71

 

     2006    2005    2004    2003    2002

Common Dividends Declared

              

First Quarter

   $ 0.240    $ 0.210    $ 0.180    $ 0.160    $ 0.145

Second Quarter

     0.270      0.240      0.210      0.180      0.160

Third Quarter

     0.270      0.240      0.210      0.180      0.160

Fourth Quarter

     0.270      0.240      0.210      0.180      0.160
                                  
   $ 1.050    $ 0.930    $ 0.810    $ 0.700    $ 0.625
                                  

Price Range of Stock

(Low and High Close)

 

     2006    2005    2004    2003    2002

First Quarter

              

Low

   $ 40.91    $ 40.21    $ 36.18    $ 25.07    $ 28.90

High

     45.35      43.65      40.39      29.15      31.68

Second Quarter

              

Low

     43.36      41.23      36.60      25.79      29.52

High

     46.44      45.06      41.15      31.75      31.96

Third Quarter

              

Low

     44.76      42.83      37.32      30.13      25.69

High

     48.54      47.28      41.21      32.74      30.97

Fourth Quarter

              

Low

     45.53      40.18      40.28      32.53      23.25

High

     49.07      44.40      44.43      38.40      29.20

 

117


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Corporation”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 23, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

LOGO

 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 23, 2007

 

118


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (the “Corporation”) maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports filed by it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Corporation carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and President and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and President and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective, as of the end of the period covered by this report, for the purposes for which they are designed.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

  (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Corporation;

 

  (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that receipts and expenditures of the Corporation are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Corporation; and

 

  (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Corporation’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation under the criteria in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, management concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report dated February 23, 2007, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Controls

There have been no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation discussed above that occurred during the Corporation’s fourth fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

119


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation:

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Corporation”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing, and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 of the Corporation and our report dated February 23, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

LOGO

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

February 23, 2007

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

 

120


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Incorporated herein by reference to M&I’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2007, except for information as to executive officers and M&I’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which is set forth in Part I of this report.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Incorporated herein by reference to M&I’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2007.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Incorporated herein by reference to M&I’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2007.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Incorporated herein by reference to M&I’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2007, except for information as to executive officers which is set forth in Part I of this report.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Incorporated herein by reference to M&I’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2007.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)

  1.   Financial Statements
    Consolidated Financial Statements:
   

Balance Sheets – December 31, 2006 and 2005

   

Statements of Income – years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   

Statements of Cash Flows – years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   

Statements of Shareholders’ Equity – years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  2.   Financial Statement Schedules
    All schedules are omitted because they are not required, not applicable or the required information is contained elsewhere.
  3.   Exhibits
    See Index to Exhibits of this Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference. Shareholders may obtain a copy of any Exhibit free of charge by calling M&I’s Shareholder Information Line at 1 (800) 642-2657.

 

121


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Dennis J. Kuester

  Dennis J. Kuester
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 28, 2007

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

/s/ Gregory A. Smith

  
Gregory A. Smith   
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
(Principal Financial Officer)    Date: February 28, 2007

/s/ Patricia R. Justiliano

  
Patricia R. Justiliano   
Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller   
(Principal Accounting Officer)    Date: February 28, 2007

 

Directors: Malcolm M. Aslin, Andrew N. Baur, Jon F. Chait, John W. Daniels, Jr., Mark F. Furlong, Bruce E. Jacobs, Ted D. Kellner, Dennis J. Kuester, Katharine C. Lyall, John A. Mellowes, Edward L. Meyer, Jr., Robert J. O’Toole, San W. Orr, Jr., Peter M. Platten, III, John S. Shiely, Debra S. Waller, George E. Wardeberg and James B. Wigdale.

 

By:  

/s/ Randall J. Erickson

   Date: February 28, 2007
  Randall J. Erickson   
  As Attorney-In-Fact*   

* Pursuant to authority granted by powers of attorney, copies of which are filed herewith.

 

122


Table of Contents

MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

(Item 15(a)3)

ITEM

 

(3)   (a)   Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403
  (b)   By-laws, as amended, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 30, 2002, SEC File No. 1-15403
(4)     Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures†
(10)   (a)   Deferred Compensation Trust between Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and Bessemer Trust Company dated April 28, 1987, as amended, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1988, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (b)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated Supplementary Retirement Benefits Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (c)   Form of Change of Control Agreement between M&I and Mr. Kuester, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (d)   Form of Change of Control Agreements between M&I and Ms. Justiliano and Messrs. O’Neill, Renard, Roberts and Root, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (e)   Change of Control Agreement, dated April 16, 2001, between M&I and Mr. Furlong, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2001, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (f)   Change of Control Agreement, dated January 10, 2001, between M&I and Mr. Hogan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (g)   Change of Control Agreement, dated May 31, 2002, between M&I and Mr. Erickson, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (h)   Letter Agreement, dated June 17, 2002, between M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank and Andrew N. Baur and Noncompete Agreement, dated June 17, 2002, between M&I and Andrew N. Baur, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-92472)*
  (i)   Change of Control Agreement, dated June 30, 2003, between M&I and Mr. Krei, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (j)   Amended and Restated Directors Deferred Compensation Plan of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (k)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Trust II between M&I and Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company National Association, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403*

 

123


Table of Contents
  (l)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Trust III between M&I and Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company National Association, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (m)   Change of Control Agreement, dated November 30, 2003, between M&I and Mr. Deneen, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003*
  (n)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 2003 Death Benefit Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003*
  (o)   Death Benefit Award Agreement, dated December 30, 2003, between M&I and Mr. Kuester, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003*
  (p)   Death Benefit Award Agreement, dated December 30, 2003, between M&I and Mr. Wigdale, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003*
  (q)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated Annual Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003*
  (r)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003*
  (s)   Change of Control Agreement dated February 19, 2004, between M&I and Mr. Martire, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (t)   Metavante Change of Control Agreement dated May 12, 2004, between M&I and Mr. Martire, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (u)   Change of Control Agreement dated January 10, 2001, between M&I and Mr. Ellis, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (v)   Form of Amendment to Change of Control Agreements dated October 18, 2001, between M&I and Ms. Justiliano and Messrs. Ellis, Hogan, O’Neill, Renard, Roberts and Root, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (w)   Consulting Agreement dated December 15, 2004, between M&I and Mr. Wigdale, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 17, 2004, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (x)   Consulting Agreement dated December 15, 2004 between Southwest Bank of St. Louis and Mr. Baur, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 17, 2004, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (y)   2005 Directors Deferred Compensation Plan of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 17, 2004, SEC File No. 1-15403*
  (z)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 17, 2004, SEC File No. 1-15403*

 

124


Table of Contents
   (aa)    Change of Control Agreement dated March 10, 2005, between M&I and Ms. Knickerbocker, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (bb)    Metavante Corporation Acquisition Performance Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (cc)    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (dd)    Change of Control Agreement dated as of January 12, 2005 between M&I and Ronald E. Smith, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (ee)    Amended and Restated Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Nonqualified Retirement Benefit Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (ff)    Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan for Executives, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (gg)    Letter Agreement dated as of March 1, 2006 between M&I and Malcolm M. Aslin, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 13, 2006, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (hh)    Consulting Agreement between M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank and Malcolm M. Aslin, effective as of March 1, 2006, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 13, 2006, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (ii)    Change of Control Agreement dated March 13, 2006 between M&I and Michael C. Smith, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (jj)    Change of Control Agreement by and between M&I and Gregory A. Smith, dated as of June 19, 2006, incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 8, 2006, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (kk)    Transition and Consulting Agreement between the M&I and Dennis J. Kuester dated December 21, 2006, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 21, 2006, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (ll)    Letter Agreement from M&I to Mark F. Furlong dated December 21, 2006 Containing the Terms of the Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 21, 2006, SEC File No. 1-15403*
   (mm)    Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended October 19, 2006*
   (nn)    Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 2003 Executive Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, effective January 1, 2006, retroactive to January 1, 2005, as further amended on February 16, 2006 and October 19, 2006*
   (oo)    Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 2000 Executive Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, effective January 1, 2006, retroactive to January 1, 2005, as further amended on October 19, 2006*
   (pp)    Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated 1997 Executive Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, effective January 1, 2006, retroactive to January 1, 2005, as further amended on October 19, 2006*

 

125


Table of Contents
   (qq)    Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 1995 Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended on August 15, 2002, as further amended on October 19, 2002*
   (rr)    Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 1993 Executive Stock Option Plan, as amended on February 13, 1997, December 14, 1995, and December 12, 1996, as further amended on October 19, 2006*
   (ss)    1989 Executive Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, as amended on October 19, 2006*
   (tt)    Amended and Restated Mississippi Valley Bancshares, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan (Five-Year Options), as amended through 4/19/00; as further amended on October 19, 2006*
   (uu)    Gold Banc Corporation, Inc. 1996 Equity Compensation Plan, as amended February 2, 2001, as further amended on October 19, 2006*
   (vv)    First Business Bancshares of Kansas City, Inc. 1994 Key Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended on October 19, 2006*
   (ww)    American Bancshares, Inc. and American Bank of Bradenton Incentive Stock Option Plan of 1996, as amended on October 19, 2006*
   (xx)    American Bancshares, Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Equity Incentive Plan, as amended on October 19, 2006*
(11)    Computation of Net Income Per Common Share, incorporated by reference to Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
(12)    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(14)    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, SEC File No. 1-15403
(21)    Subsidiaries
(23)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
(24)    Powers of Attorney
(31)    (a)    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
   (b)    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(32)    (a)    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
   (b)    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

The total amount of securities authorized pursuant to any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of M&I does not exceed 10% of the total assets of M&I and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. M&I agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request a copy of any such instrument.
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

126